3

Form 10-Q/September 30, 2012                                   

 

LOGO                                 

 

 


 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-Q

 

þ

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from (not applicable)

Commission file number 1-6880

U.S. BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   41-0255900

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

651-466-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(not applicable)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES  þ     NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

YES  þ      NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  þ      Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨      Smaller reporting company  ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES  ¨     NO  þ

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 

Outstanding as of October 31, 2012

1,880,370,592 shares

 

 

 


Table of Contents and Form 10-Q Cross Reference Index

 

Part I — Financial Information

  

1) Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

  

a) Overview

     3   

b) Statement of Income Analysis

     4   

c) Balance Sheet Analysis

     6   

d) Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     34   

e) Critical Accounting Policies

     35   

f) Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

     35   

2) Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk/Corporate Risk Profile (Item 3)

  

a) Overview

     10   

b) Credit Risk Management

     10   

c) Residual Value Risk Management

     22   

d) Operational Risk Management

     22   

e) Interest Rate Risk Management

     24   

f) Market Risk Management

     25   

g) Liquidity Risk Management

     26   

h) Capital Management

     27   

3) Line of Business Financial Review

     28   

4) Financial Statements (Item 1)

     36   

Part II — Other Information

  

1) Risk Factors (Item 1A)

     78   

2) Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

     78   

3) Exhibits (Item 6)

     78   

4) Signature

     79   

5) Exhibits

     80   

“Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements about U.S. Bancorp. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and are based on the information available to, and assumptions and estimates made by, management as of the date made. These forward-looking statements cover, among other things, anticipated future revenue and expenses and the future plans and prospects of U.S. Bancorp. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. Global and domestic economies could fail to recover from the recent economic downturn or could experience another severe contraction, which could adversely affect U.S. Bancorp’s revenues and the values of its assets and liabilities. Global financial markets could experience a recurrence of significant turbulence, which could reduce the availability of funding to certain financial institutions and lead to a tightening of credit, a reduction of business activity, and increased market volatility. Continued stress in the commercial real estate markets, as well as a delay or failure of recovery in the residential real estate markets, could cause additional credit losses and deterioration in asset values. In addition, U.S. Bancorp’s business and financial performance is likely to be negatively impacted by effects of recently enacted and future legislation and regulation. U.S. Bancorp’s results could also be adversely affected by continued deterioration in general business and economic conditions; changes in interest rates; deterioration in the credit quality of its loan portfolios or in the value of the collateral securing those loans; deterioration in the value of securities held in its investment securities portfolio; legal and regulatory developments; increased competition from both banks and non-banks; changes in customer behavior and preferences; effects of mergers and acquisitions and related integration; effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; and management’s ability to effectively manage credit risk, residual value risk, market risk, operational risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk.

For discussion of these and other risks that may cause actual results to differ from expectations, refer to U.S. Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Corporate Risk Profile” contained in Exhibit 13, and all subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and U.S. Bancorp undertakes no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

 

U. S. Bancorp    1


Table 1

  Selected Financial Data

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)    2012     2011     Percent  
Change  
    2012     2011     Percent
Change
 

Condensed Income Statement

            

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)

   $ 2,783      $ 2,624        6.1   $ 8,186      $ 7,675        6.7

Noninterest income

     2,395        2,180        9.9        7,008        6,351        10.3   

Securities gains (losses), net

     1        (9     *        (18     (22     18.2   

Total net revenue

     5,179        4,795        8.0        15,176        14,004        8.4   

Noninterest expense

     2,609        2,476        5.4        7,770        7,215        7.7   

Provision for credit losses

     488        519        (6.0     1,439        1,846        (22.0

Income before taxes

     2,082        1,800        15.7        5,967        4,943        20.7   

Taxable-equivalent adjustment

     57        58        (1.7     168        169        (.6

Applicable income taxes

     593        490        21.0        1,684        1,314        28.2   

Net income

     1,432        1,252        14.4        4,115        3,460        18.9   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     42        21        *        112        62        80.6   

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

   $ 1,474      $ 1,273        15.8      $ 4,227      $ 3,522        20.0   

Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders

   $ 1,404      $ 1,237        13.5      $ 4,034      $ 3,407        18.4   

Per Common Share

            

Earnings per share

   $ .74      $ .65        13.8   $ 2.13      $ 1.78        19.7

Diluted earnings per share

     .74        .64        15.6        2.12        1.77        19.8   

Dividends declared per share

     .195        .125        56.0        .585        .375        56.0   

Book value per share

     18.03        16.01        12.6         

Market value per share

     34.30        23.54        45.7         

Average common shares outstanding

     1,886        1,915        (1.5     1,892        1,918        (1.4

Average diluted common shares outstanding

     1,897        1,922        (1.3     1,901        1,926        (1.3

Financial Ratios

            

Return on average assets

     1.70     1.57       1.66     1.50  

Return on average common equity

     16.5        16.1          16.4        15.5     

Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) (a)

     3.59        3.65          3.59        3.67     

Efficiency ratio (b)

     50.4        51.5          51.1        51.4     

Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding

     .99        1.31          1.02        1.49     

Average Balances

            

Loans

   $ 216,928      $ 202,169        7.3   $ 213,731      $ 199,533        7.1

Loans held for sale

     8,432        3,946        *        7,557        4,382        72.5   

Investment securities (c)

     72,454        66,252        9.4        72,371        61,907        16.9   

Earning assets

     308,959        286,269        7.9        304,269        279,305        8.9   

Assets

     345,653        321,581        7.5        340,807        314,079        8.5   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     68,127        58,606        16.2        65,423        50,558        29.4   

Deposits

     239,281        215,369        11.1        232,978        209,735        11.1   

Short-term borrowings

     27,843        30,597        (9.0     28,942        30,597        (5.4

Long-term debt

     27,112        31,609        (14.2     29,388        31,786        (7.5

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     38,619        33,087        16.7        37,105        31,699        17.1   
 
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
                         

Period End Balances

            

Loans

   $ 218,150      $ 209,835        4.0      

Investment securities

     74,145        70,814        4.7         

Assets

     352,253        340,122        3.6         

Deposits

     244,232        230,885        5.8         

Long-term debt

     26,264        31,953        (17.8      

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     38,661        33,978        13.8         

Asset Quality

            

Nonperforming assets

   $ 2,835      $ 3,774        (24.9      

Allowance for credit losses

     4,771        5,014        (4.8      

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of period-end loans

     2.19     2.39        

Capital Ratios

            

Tier 1 capital

     10.9     10.8        

Total risk-based capital

     13.3        13.3           

Leverage

     9.2        9.1           

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (d)

     7.2        6.6           

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition (d)

     8.8        8.1           

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition (d)

     9.0        8.6           

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III proposals published prior to June 2012 (d)

            8.2           

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets approximated using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012 (d)

     8.2                                          

 

* Not meaningful.
(a) Presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding net securities gains (losses).
(c) Excludes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities and any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity.
(d) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 34.

 

2    U. S. Bancorp


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

OVERVIEW

Earnings Summary U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $1.5 billion for the third quarter of 2012, or $.74 per diluted common share, compared with $1.3 billion, or $.64 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2011. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.70 percent and 16.5 percent, respectively, for the third quarter of 2012, compared with 1.57 percent and 16.1 percent, respectively, for the third quarter of 2011. During the third quarter of 2012, the Company recognized a gain on the sale of a credit card portfolio, recorded a charge related to an investment under the equity method of accounting and recorded incremental charge-offs related to a regulatory clarification in the treatment of residential mortgage and other consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy but continue to make payments on their loans. Taken together, these items had no impact on third quarter 2012 diluted earnings per common share. The provision for credit losses was $50 million lower than net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012, compared with $150 million lower than net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2011.

Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the third quarter of 2012 was $384 million (8.0 percent) higher than the third quarter of 2011, reflecting a 6.1 percent increase in net interest income and a 10.4 percent increase in noninterest income. The increase in net interest income over a year ago was the result of higher average earning assets, continued growth in lower cost core deposit funding and the positive impact of lower cost long-term debt. Noninterest income increased over a year ago, primarily due to higher mortgage banking revenue, partially offset by lower debit card revenue as a result of legislative changes.

Noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2012 was $133 million (5.4 percent) higher than the third quarter of 2011, primarily due to higher compensation expense, employee benefits costs and mortgage servicing review-related professional services costs.

The provision for credit losses for the third quarter of 2012 of $488 million was $31 million (6.0 percent) lower than the third quarter of 2011. The third quarter of 2012 provision for credit losses reflected $54 million in charge-offs related to a regulatory clarification in the treatment of residential mortgage and other consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy but continue to make payments on their loans.

Net charge-offs in the third quarter of 2012 were $538 million, compared with $669 million in the third quarter of 2011. Refer to “Corporate Risk Profile” for further information on the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors considered by the Company in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for credit losses.

The Company reported net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp of $4.2 billion for the first nine months of 2012, or $2.12 per diluted common share, compared with $3.5 billion, or $1.77 per diluted common share for the first nine months of 2011. Return on average assets and return on average common equity were 1.66 percent and 16.4 percent, respectively, for the first nine months of 2012, compared with 1.50 percent and 15.5 percent, respectively, for the first nine months of 2011. Included in the Company’s results for the first nine months of 2012 were the third quarter credit card portfolio sale gain, equity-method investment charge and incremental charge-offs related to consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy. Included in the Company’s results for the first nine months of 2011 was a $46 million gain related to the acquisition of First Community Bank of New Mexico (“FCB”) in a transaction with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The provision for credit losses was $190 million lower than net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2012, compared with $375 million lower than net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2011.

Total net revenue, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the first nine months of 2012 was $1.2 billion (8.4 percent) higher than the first nine months of 2011, reflecting a 6.7 percent increase in net interest income and a 10.4 percent increase in noninterest income. The increase in net interest income over a year ago was largely the result of an increase in average earning assets, continued growth in lower cost core deposit funding and lower rates on long-term debt. Noninterest income increased over a year ago, primarily due to higher mortgage banking revenue, merchant processing services revenue, trust and investment management fees, and commercial products revenue, partially offset by lower debit card revenue as a result of legislative changes.

Noninterest expense in the first nine months of 2012 was $555 million (7.7 percent) higher than the first nine months of 2011, primarily due to higher compensation expense, employee benefits costs, mortgage servicing review-related professional services costs, and other expense, including higher regulatory and insurance-related costs and an accrual recorded by

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    3


the Company in the first nine months of 2012 related to its portion of obligations associated with Visa Inc. litigation matters (“Visa accrual”).

The provision for credit losses for the first nine months of 2012 of $1.4 billion was $407 million (22.0 percent) lower than the first nine months of 2011. Net charge-offs in the first nine months of 2012 were $1.6 billion, compared with $2.2 billion in the first nine months of 2011. Refer to “Corporate Risk Profile” for further information on the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors considered by the Company in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for credit losses.

STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $2.8 billion in the third quarter of 2012, compared with $2.6 billion in the third quarter of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $8.2 billion in the first nine months of 2012, compared with $7.7 billion in the first nine months of 2011. The increases were primarily the result of growth in both average earning assets and lower cost core deposit funding, as well as lower rates on long-term debt. Average earning assets increased $22.7 billion (7.9 percent) in the third quarter and $25.0 billion (8.9 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, driven by increases in loans and investment securities. The net interest margin in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 was 3.59 percent, compared with 3.65 percent and 3.67 percent in the third quarter and first nine months of 2011, respectively. The decreases in the net interest margin reflected higher average balances in lower-yielding investment securities, partially offset by lower rates on deposits and long-term debt, and the inclusion of credit card balance transfer fees in interest income beginning in the first quarter of 2012. Refer to the “Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates” tables for further information on net interest income.

Average total loans for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $14.8 billion (7.3 percent) and $14.2 billion (7.1 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011, driven by growth in commercial loans, residential mortgages, credit card loans and commercial real estate loans. During the third quarter of 2012, the Company sold a $735 million branded consumer and business credit card portfolio. This sale was offset by the impact of the purchase of approximately $700 million of consumer credit card

loans in the fourth quarter of 2011. The increases were partially offset by decreases in other retail loans and loans covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Average loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions that are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (“covered” loans) decreased $3.2 billion (20.2 percent) in the third quarter and $3.1 billion (18.5 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, respectively.

Average investment securities in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $6.2 billion (9.4 percent) and $10.5 billion (16.9 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011, primarily due to purchases of government agency mortgage-backed securities, as the Company increased its on-balance sheet liquidity in response to anticipated regulatory requirements.

Average total deposits for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $23.9 billion (11.1 percent) and $23.2 billion (11.1 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011. Average noninterest-bearing deposits for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $9.5 billion (16.2 percent) and $14.9 billion (29.4 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011, due to growth in average balances in a majority of the lines of business, including Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Wealth Management and Securities Services, and Consumer and Small Business Banking. Average total savings deposits for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $7.8 billion (6.9 percent) and $7.2 billion (6.3 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011, primarily due to growth in Consumer and Small Business Banking and corporate trust balances, partially offset by lower government banking and broker-dealer balances. Average time certificates of deposit less than $100,000 were slightly lower in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Average time deposits greater than $100,000 for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $7.5 billion (26.1 percent) and $1.8 billion (6.1 percent) higher, respectively, than the same periods of 2011. Time deposits greater than $100,000 are managed as an alternate to other funding sources such as wholesale borrowing, based largely on relative pricing.

Provision for Credit Losses  The provision for credit losses for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 decreased $31 million (6.0 percent) and $407 million (22.0 percent), respectively, from the same periods of 2011. Net charge-offs decreased $131 million (19.6 percent) and $592 million (26.7 percent) in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively,

 

 

4    U. S. Bancorp


Table 2

  Noninterest Income

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012      2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
 

Credit and debit card revenue

   $ 213       $ 289        (26.3 )%     $ 650      $ 842        (22.8 )% 

Corporate payment products revenue

     201         203        (1.0      566        563        .5   

Merchant processing services

     345         338        2.1         1,041        977        6.6   

ATM processing services

     87         115        (24.3      263        341        (22.9

Trust and investment management fees

     265         241        10.0         779        755        3.2   

Deposit service charges

     174         183        (4.9      483        488        (1.0

Treasury management fees

     135         137        (1.5      411        418        (1.7

Commercial products revenue

     225         212        6.1         652        621        5.0   

Mortgage banking revenue

     519         245        *         1,461        683        *   

Investment products fees and commissions

     38         31        22.6         111        98        13.3   

Securities gains (losses), net

     1         (9     *         (18     (22     18.2   

Other

     193         186        3.8         591        565        4.6   

Total noninterest income

   $ 2,396       $ 2,171        10.4    $ 6,990      $ 6,329        10.4

 

* Not meaningful.

 

compared with the same periods of 2011, principally due to improvement in the commercial, commercial real estate and credit card portfolios. Charge-offs for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 included $54 million related to a regulatory clarification in the treatment of residential mortgage and other consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy but continue to make payments on their loans. The provision for credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $50 million in the third quarter and $190 million in the first nine months of 2012, compared with $150 million in the third quarter and $375 million in the first nine months of 2011. Refer to “Corporate Risk Profile” for further information on the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors considered by the Company in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for credit losses.

Noninterest Income Noninterest income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 were $2.4 billion and $7.0 billion, respectively, compared with $2.2 billion and $6.3 billion in the same periods of 2011. The $225 million (10.4 percent) increase during the third quarter and the $661 million (10.4 percent) increase during the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, were primarily driven by strong mortgage banking revenue, principally due to higher origination and sales revenue. In addition, merchant processing services revenue and investment products fees and commissions increased, primarily due to higher transaction volumes. Trust and investment management fees increased due to improved market conditions and business expansion. Commercial

products revenue was higher, principally driven by higher commercial loan fees and high-grade bond underwriting fees. The third quarter and first nine months of 2012 had favorable changes in net securities gains (losses), compared with the same periods of the prior year, primarily due to impairments recorded in 2011. Other income increased in the third quarter of 2012, compared with the same period of the prior year, reflecting the impact of the gain on the credit card portfolio sale, partially offset by the equity-method investment charge and lower retail lease residual revenue. Other income increased in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same period of the prior year, primarily due to higher retail lease residual revenue and the gain on the credit card portfolio sale, partially offset by the FCB gain and a gain related to the Company’s investment in Visa Inc., both recorded in the first quarter of 2011, and lower equity investment income. Offsetting these positive variances were decreases in credit and debit card revenue due to lower debit card interchange fees as a result of fourth quarter of 2011 legislation (estimated impact of $82 million in the third quarter and $238 million in the first nine months of 2012), net of mitigation efforts, and the impact of the inclusion of credit card balance transfer fees in interest income beginning in the first quarter of 2012. These negative variances were partially offset by higher transaction volumes. ATM processing services revenue was also lower, due to excluding surcharge fees the Company passes through to others from revenue beginning in the first quarter of 2012, rather than reporting those amounts in occupancy expense as in previous periods.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    5


Table 3

  Noninterest Expense

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
 

Compensation

   $ 1,109      $ 1,021        8.6    $ 3,237      $ 2,984        8.5

Employee benefits

     225        203        10.8         714        643        11.0   

Net occupancy and equipment

     233        252        (7.5      683        750        (8.9

Professional services

     144        100        44.0         364        252        44.4   

Marketing and business development

     96        102        (5.9      285        257        10.9   

Technology and communications

     205        189        8.5         607        563        7.8   

Postage, printing and supplies

     75        76        (1.3      226        226          

Other intangibles

     67        75        (10.7      208        225        (7.6

Other

     455        458        (.7      1,446        1,315        10.0   

Total noninterest expense

   $ 2,609      $ 2,476        5.4    $ 7,770      $ 7,215        7.7

Efficiency ratio (a)

     50.4     51.5              51.1     51.4        

 

(a) Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses), net.

 

Noninterest Expense  Noninterest expense was $2.6 billion in the third quarter and $7.8 billion in the first nine months of 2012, compared with $2.5 billion and $7.2 billion in the same periods of 2011, or increases of $133 million (5.4 percent) and $555 million (7.7 percent), respectively. The increases in noninterest expense from a year ago were principally due to higher compensation expense, employee benefits expense and professional services expense. Compensation expense increased primarily as a result of growth in staffing for business initiatives and mortgage servicing-related activities, in addition to higher commissions and merit increases. Employee benefits expense increased principally due to higher pension costs and staffing levels. Professional services expense was higher, principally due to mortgage servicing review-related projects. Technology and communications expense was higher due to business expansion and technology projects. Marketing and business development expense increased in the first nine months of 2012 over the same period of the prior year due to the timing of charitable contributions and new national media promotions. Other expense increased in the first nine months of 2012, over the same period of the prior year, driven by higher mortgage servicing, regulatory and insurance-related costs and the 2012 Visa accrual, partially offset by lower FDIC assessments, and costs related to other real estate owned and investments in affordable housing and other tax-advantaged projects. These increases were partially offset by decreases in net occupancy and equipment expense, principally reflecting the change in presentation of ATM surcharge revenue passed through to others, and decreases in other intangibles expense due principally to completion of amortization of certain intangibles.

Income Tax Expense  The provision for income taxes was $593 million (an effective rate of 29.3 percent) for the third quarter and $1.7 billion (an effective rate of 29.0 percent) for the first nine months of 2012, compared with $490 million (an effective rate of 28.1 percent) and $1.3 billion (an effective rate of 27.5 percent) for the same periods of 2011. The increases in the effective tax rate for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of the prior year, principally reflected the impact of higher pretax earnings year-over-year. For further information on income taxes, refer to Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans  The Company’s total loan portfolio was $218.2 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $209.8 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $8.3 billion (4.0 percent). The increase was driven primarily by increases in commercial loans, residential mortgages and commercial real estate loans, partially offset by lower credit card, other retail and covered loans.

The $6.3 billion (11.1 percent) increase in commercial loans was driven by higher demand from new and existing customers.

Residential mortgages held in the loan portfolio increased $4.8 billion (13.0 percent) at September 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011, reflecting origination and refinancing activity due to the low interest rate environment. Residential mortgages held in the Company’s loan portfolio are primarily well secured jumbo mortgages to borrowers with high credit quality. The Company generally retains portfolio loans through maturity; however, the Company’s intent may change over time based upon various factors such as ongoing

 

 

6    U. S. Bancorp


asset/liability management activities, assessment of product profitability, credit risk, liquidity needs, and capital implications. If the Company’s intent or ability to hold an existing portfolio loan changes, it is transferred to loans held for sale.

Commercial real estate loans increased $962 million (2.7 percent) at September 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011, reflecting higher demand from new and existing customers.

Total credit card loans decreased $958 million (5.5 percent) at September 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011, reflecting the impact of the sale of a branded credit card portfolio during 2012 and customers paying down their balances. Other retail loans, which include retail leasing, home equity and second mortgages and other retail loans, decreased $142 million (.3 percent) at September 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by lower home equity and second mortgages and student loan balances, partially offset by higher installment loan and retail leasing balances.

Loans Held for Sale  Loans held for sale, consisting primarily of residential mortgages to be sold in the secondary market, were $9.9 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $7.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in loans held for sale was principally due to an increase in mortgage loan origination and refinancing activity due to the low interest rate environment.

Most of the residential mortgage loans the Company originates follow guidelines that allow the loans to be sold into existing, highly liquid secondary markets; in particular in government agency transactions and to government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”).

Investment Securities  Investment securities totaled $74.1 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $70.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The $3.3 billion (4.7 percent) increase primarily reflected $2.6 billion of net investment purchases and a $.5 billion favorable change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities. Held-to-maturity securities were $34.5 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $18.9 billion at December 31, 2011, due to a transfer of approximately $11.7 billion of available-for-sale investment securities to the held-to-maturity category during the first nine months of 2012, reflecting the Company’s intent to hold those securities to maturity, and growth in government agency mortgage-backed securities as the Company continued to increase its on-balance sheet liquidity in response to anticipated regulatory requirements.

The Company’s available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in other comprehensive income (loss) unless a security is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. At September 30, 2012, the Company’s net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities were $1.1 billion, compared with $581 million at December 31, 2011. The favorable change in net unrealized gains was primarily due to increases in the fair value of non-agency mortgage-backed and state and political securities. Gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities totaled $229 million at September 30, 2012, compared with $691 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment portfolio to determine whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. When assessing unrealized losses for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company considers the nature of the investment, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying assets and market conditions. At September 30, 2012, the Company had no plans to sell securities with unrealized losses and believes it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell such securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

There is limited market activity for non-agency mortgage-backed securities held by the Company. As a result, the Company estimates the fair value of these securities using estimates of expected cash flows, discount rates and management’s assessment of various other market factors, which are judgmental in nature. The Company recorded $15 million and $36 million of impairment charges in earnings during the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively, on non-agency mortgage-backed securities. These impairment charges were due to changes in expected cash flows primarily resulting from increases in defaults in the underlying mortgage pools. During the first nine months of 2012, the Company also recognized impairment charges of $27 million in earnings related to certain perpetual preferred securities issued by financial institutions, following the downgrades of money center banks by a rating agency. The unrealized loss on perpetual preferred securities in a loss position at September 30, 2012, was $19 million. Further adverse changes in market conditions may result in additional impairment charges in future periods. Refer to Notes 2 and 11 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on investment securities.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    7


Table 4

  Investment Securities

 

    Available-for-Sale      Held-to-Maturity  
At September 30, 2012 (Dollars in Millions)   Amortized
Cost
   

Fair

Value

    Weighted-
Average
Maturity in
Years
    Weighted-
Average
Yield (e)
     Amortized
Cost
    

Fair

Value

     Weighted-
Average
Maturity in
Years
     Weighted-
Average
Yield (e)
 

U.S. Treasury and Agencies

                     

Maturing in one year or less

  $ 72      $ 73        .5        2.57    $ 50       $ 50         .3         .61

Maturing after one year through five years

    497        501        1.3        .84         2,447         2,473         1.4         1.00   

Maturing after five years through ten years

    149        158        7.5        3.11                                   

Maturing after ten years

    10        11        10.9        2.89         60         60         12.4         1.96   

Total

  $ 728      $ 743        2.6        1.51    $ 2,557       $ 2,583         1.7         1.01

Mortgage-Backed Securities (a)

                     

Maturing in one year or less

  $ 3,312      $ 3,315        .6        1.58    $ 395       $ 396         .7         1.52

Maturing after one year through five years

    23,074        23,876        3.0        2.46         30,583         31,260         3.1         2.17   

Maturing after five years through ten years

    3,074        3,045        6.4        2.26         740         758         7.4         1.50   

Maturing after ten years

    294        299        12.5        1.49         59         60         10.4         1.22   

Total

  $ 29,754      $ 30,535        3.2        2.34    $ 31,777       $ 32,474         3.2         2.14

Asset-Backed Securities (a)

                     

Maturing in one year or less

  $ 8      $ 9               .24    $       $ 4         .5         1.22

Maturing after one year through five years

    36        46        3.2        6.36         11         9         3.5         .65   

Maturing after five years through ten years

    574        585        7.6        2.48         8         9         6.6         .73   

Maturing after ten years

                  18.8        5.88         9         18         22.6         .86   

Total

  $ 618      $ 640        7.3        2.68    $ 28       $ 40         10.5         .75

Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions (b) (c)

                     

Maturing in one year or less

  $ 81      $ 82        .1        2.65    $       $         .7         8.16

Maturing after one year through five years

    5,226        5,550        3.8        6.79         6         6         3.2         7.31   

Maturing after five years through ten years

    765        812        7.1        6.20         1         2         7.9         7.79   

Maturing after ten years

    13        13        17.2        15.83         14         14         14.6         5.42   

Total

  $ 6,085      $ 6,457        4.2        6.68    $ 21       $ 22         10.9         6.13

Other Debt Securities

                     

Maturing in one year or less

  $ 6      $ 6        .2        1.00    $ 3       $ 2         .5         1.14

Maturing after one year through five years

                                 94         91         3.5         1.30   

Maturing after five years through ten years

                                 29         14         8.1         1.18   

Maturing after ten years

    813        709        25.3        3.21                                   

Total

  $ 819      $ 715        25.1        3.19    $ 126       $ 107         4.4         1.27

Other Investments

  $ 516      $ 546        15.8        2.97    $       $                

Total investment securities (d)

  $ 38,520      $ 39,636        4.0        3.04    $ 34,509       $ 35,226         3.1         2.06

 

(a) Information related to asset and mortgage-backed securities included above is presented based upon weighted-average maturities anticipating future prepayments.
(b) Information related to obligations of state and political subdivisions is presented based upon yield to first optional call date if the security is purchased at a premium, yield to maturity if purchased at par or a discount.
(c) Maturity calculations for obligations of state and political subdivisions are based on the first optional call date for securities with a fair value above par and contractual maturity for securities with a fair value equal to or below par.
(d) The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 5.2 years at December 31, 2011, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 3.19 percent. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 3.9 years at December 31, 2011, with a corresponding weighted-average yield of 2.21 percent.
(e) Average yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis under a tax rate of 35 percent. Yields on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities are computed based on amortized cost balances, excluding any premiums or discounts recorded related to the transfer of investment securities at fair value from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. Average yield and maturity calculations exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity.

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Amortized
Cost
     Percent
of Total
     Amortized
Cost
     Percent
of Total
 

U.S. Treasury and agencies

   $ 3,285         4.5    $ 3,605         5.1

Mortgage-backed securities

     61,531         84.2         57,561         82.0   

Asset-backed securities

     646         .9         949         1.4   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     6,106         8.4         6,417         9.1   

Other debt securities and investments

     1,461         2.0         1,701         2.4   

Total investment securities

   $ 73,029         100.0    $ 70,233         100.0

 

 

8    U. S. Bancorp


Deposits  Total deposits were $244.2 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $230.9 billion at December 31, 2011, the result of increases in noninterest-bearing deposits, money market deposits, savings accounts and time deposits greater than $100,000, partially offset by decreases in interest checking deposits and time certificates less than $100,000. Time deposits greater than $100,000 increased $7.1 billion (25.8 percent) at September 30, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011. Time deposits greater than $100,000 are managed as an alternate to other funding sources such as wholesale borrowing, based largely on relative pricing. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $4.4 billion (6.4 percent), primarily due to higher Consumer and Small Business Banking balances. Money market balances increased $2.4 billion (5.2 percent) primarily due to higher balances in Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate. Savings account balances increased $1.9 billion (6.6 percent), primarily due to continued strong participation in a savings product offered by Consumer and Small Business Banking that includes multiple bank products in a package. Interest checking balances decreased $1.7 billion (3.6 percent) primarily due to lower Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate and broker-dealer balances, partially offset by higher Consumer and Small Business Banking balances. Time certificates less than

$100,000 decreased $763 million (5.1 percent), reflecting lower Consumer and Small Business Banking balances.

Borrowings  The Company utilizes both short-term and long-term borrowings as part of its asset/liability management and funding strategies. Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, borrowings secured by high-grade assets and other short-term borrowings, were $27.9 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $30.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The $2.6 billion (8.6 percent) decrease in short-term borrowings was primarily in repurchase agreements, partially offset by higher commercial paper balances. Long-term debt was $26.3 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $32.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The $5.7 billion (17.8 percent) decrease was primarily due to $3.8 billion of medium-term note repayments and maturities, $2.7 billion of redemptions of junior subordinated debentures and a $3.5 billion decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances, partially offset by issuances of $1.3 billion of subordinated debt and $2.3 billion of medium-term notes, and a $.8 billion increase in long-term debt related to certain consolidated variable interest entities. Refer to the “Liquidity Risk Management” section for discussion of liquidity management of the Company.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    9


CORPORATE RISK PROFILE

Overview  Managing risks is an essential part of successfully operating a financial services company. The Company’s most prominent risk exposures are credit, residual value, operational, interest rate, market, liquidity and reputation risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan, investment or derivative contract when it is due. Residual value risk is the potential reduction in the end-of-term value of leased assets. Operational risk includes risks related to fraud, processing errors, technology, breaches of internal controls and in data security, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Operational risk also includes legal and compliance risks, including risks arising from the failure to adhere to laws, rules, regulations and internal policies and procedures. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates, which can affect the re-pricing of assets and liabilities differently. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and security prices that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as trading and available-for-sale securities, certain mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and derivatives that are accounted for on a fair value basis. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, investors or borrowers. Further, corporate strategic decisions, as well as the risks described above, could give rise to reputation risk. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could result in costly litigation or cause a decline in the Company’s stock value, customer base, funding sources or revenue. In addition to the risks identified above, other risk factors exist that may impact the Company. Refer to “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for a detailed discussion of these factors.

Credit Risk Management The Company’s strategy for credit risk management includes well-defined, centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria, and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all commercial and consumer credit exposures. In evaluating its credit risk, the Company considers changes, if any, in underwriting activities, the loan portfolio composition (including product mix and geographic, industry or customer-specific concentrations), trends in loan performance, the level of allowance coverage relative to similar banking institutions and macroeconomic factors, such as changes

in unemployment rates, gross domestic product, real estate values and consumer bankruptcy filings.

In addition, credit quality ratings, as defined by the Company, are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management and evaluation of its allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal risk has been identified. Loans with a special mention or classified rating, including all of the Company’s loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing, nonaccrual loans, those loans considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), and loans in a junior lien position that are current but are behind a modified or delinquent loan in a first lien position, encompass all loans held by the Company that it considers to have a potential or well-defined weakness that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. The Company’s internal credit quality ratings for consumer loans are primarily based on delinquency and nonperforming status, except for a limited population of larger loans within those portfolios that are individually evaluated. For this limited population, the determination of the internal credit quality rating may also consider collateral value and customer cash flows. The Company obtains recent collateral value estimates for the majority of its residential mortgage and home equity and second mortgage portfolios, which allows the Company to compute estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios reflecting current market conditions. These individually refreshed LTV ratios are considered in the determination of the appropriate allowance for credit losses. The decline in housing prices over the past several years has deteriorated the collateral support of the residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage portfolios. However, the underwriting criteria the Company employs consider the relevant income and credit characteristics of the borrower, such that the collateral is not the primary source of repayment. Refer to Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s loan portfolios including internal credit quality ratings. In addition, Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Credit Risk Management” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for a more detailed discussion on credit risk management processes.

The Company manages its credit risk, in part, through diversification of its loan portfolio and limit setting by product type criteria and concentrations. As part of its normal business activities, the Company offers

 

 

10    U. S. Bancorp


a broad array of lending products. The Company categorizes its loan portfolio into three segments, which is the level at which it develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. The Company’s three loan portfolio segments are commercial lending, consumer lending and covered loans. The commercial lending segment includes loans and leases made to small business, middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution, and public sector customers. Key risk characteristics relevant to commercial lending segment loans include the industry and geography of the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, repayment source, borrower’s debt capacity and financial flexibility, loan covenants, and nature of pledged collateral, if any. These risk characteristics, among others, are considered in determining estimates about the likelihood of default by the borrowers and the severity of loss in the event of default. The Company considers these risk characteristics in assigning internal risk ratings to, or forecasting losses on, these loans which are the significant factors in determining the allowance for credit losses for loans in the commercial lending segment.

The consumer lending segment represents loans and leases made to consumer customers including residential mortgages, credit card loans, and other retail loans such as revolving consumer lines, auto loans and leases, student loans, and home equity loans and lines. Home equity or second mortgage loans are junior lien closed-end accounts fully disbursed at origination. These loans typically are fixed rate loans, secured by residential real estate, with a 10 or 15 year fixed payment amortization schedule. Home equity lines are revolving accounts giving the borrower the ability to draw and repay balances repeatedly, up to a maximum commitment, and are secured by residential real estate. These include accounts in either a first or junior lien position. Typical terms on home equity lines are variable rates benchmarked to the prime rate, with a 15-year draw period during which a minimum payment is equivalent to the monthly interest, followed by a 10-year amortization period. At September 30, 2012, substantially all of the Company’s home equity lines were in the draw period. Key risk characteristics relevant to consumer lending segment loans primarily relate to the borrowers’ capacity and willingness to repay and include unemployment rates and other economic factors, customer payment history and in some cases, updated LTV information on real estate based loans. These risk characteristics, among others, are reflected in forecasts

of delinquency levels, bankruptcies and losses which are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses for the consumer lending segment.

The covered loan segment represents loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions that are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that greatly reduce the risk of future credit losses to the Company. Key risk characteristics for covered segment loans are consistent with the segment they would otherwise be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place, but consider the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

The Company further disaggregates its loan portfolio segments into various classes based on their underlying risk characteristics. The two classes within the commercial lending segment are commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The three classes within the consumer lending segment are residential mortgages, credit card loans and other retail loans. The covered loan segment consists of only one class.

The Company’s consumer lending segment utilizes several distinct business processes and channels to originate consumer credit, including traditional branch lending, indirect lending, portfolio acquisitions, correspondent banks and loan brokers, which the Company refers to as consumer finance. Generally, the consumer finance loans exhibit higher credit risk characteristics, but have pricing commensurate with the differing risk profile. The Company may either retain the loans on its balance sheet or sell its interest in the balances into the secondary market while retaining the servicing rights and customer relationships. For residential mortgages that are retained in the Company’s portfolio and for home equity and second mortgages, credit risk is also diversified by geography and managed by adherence to LTV and borrower credit criteria during the underwriting process.

The Company estimates updated LTV information quarterly, based on a method that combines automated valuation model updates and relevant home price indices. LTV is the ratio of the loan’s outstanding principal balance to the current estimate of property value. For home equity and second mortgages, combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) is the combination of the first mortgage original principal balance and the second lien outstanding principal balance, relative to the current estimate of property value. Certain loans do not have a LTV or CLTV primarily due to lack of availability of relevant automated valuation model and/or home price indices values, or lack of necessary valuation data on acquired loans.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    11


The following tables provide summary information for the LTVs of residential mortgages and home equity and second mortgages by origination channel and type at September 30, 2012:

 

Residential mortgages

(Dollars in Millions)

  Interest
Only
    Amortizing     Total     Percent
of Total
 

Consumer Finance

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 849      $ 6,938      $ 7,787        57.1

Over 80 % through 90 %

    223        2,337        2,560        18.7   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    183        917        1,100        8.1   

Over 100 %

    483        1,714        2,197        16.1   

No LTV available

           1        1          

Total

  $ 1,738      $ 11,907      $ 13,645        100.0

Other

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 1,081      $ 18,057      $ 19,138        67.7

Over 80 % through 90 %

    276        1,280        1,556        5.5   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    221        833        1,054        3.7   

Over 100 %

    410        925        1,335        4.7   

No LTV available

           95        95        .4   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools (a)

           5,079        5,079        18.0   

Total

  $ 1,988      $ 26,269      $ 28,257        100.0

Total Company

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 1,930      $ 24,995      $ 26,925        64.3

Over 80 % through 90 %

    499        3,617        4,116        9.8   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    404        1,750        2,154        5.2   

Over 100 %

    893        2,639        3,532        8.4   

No LTV available

           96        96        .2   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools (a)

           5,079        5,079        12.1   

Total

  $ 3,726      $ 38,176      $ 41,902        100.0

 

(a) Represents loans purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose payments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

 

Home equity and second mortgages

(Dollars in Millions)

  Lines     Loans     Total     Percent
of Total
 

Consumer Finance

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 851      $ 67      $ 918        41.4

Over 80 % through 90 %

    306        48        354        15.9   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    198        70        268        12.1   

Over 100 %

    423        251        674        30.4   

No LTV/CLTV available

    3        1        4        .2   

Total

  $ 1,781      $ 437      $ 2,218        100.0

Other

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 7,613      $ 606      $ 8,219        55.1

Over 80 % through 90 %

    2,191        249        2,440        16.4   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    1,338        206        1,544        10.4   

Over 100 %

    1,986        378        2,364        15.9   

No LTV/CLTV available

    307        27        334        2.2   

Total

  $ 13,435      $ 1,466      $ 14,901        100.0

Total Company

       

Less than or equal to 80 %

  $ 8,464      $ 673      $ 9,137        53.4

Over 80 % through 90 %

    2,497        297        2,794        16.3   

Over 90 % through 100 %

    1,536        276        1,812        10.6   

Over 100 %

    2,409        629        3,038        17.7   

No LTV/CLTV available

    310        28        338        2.0   

Total

  $ 15,216      $ 1,903      $ 17,119        100.0

Within the consumer finance loans, at September 30, 2012, approximately $1.7 billion of residential mortgages were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers based on credit scores

from independent agencies at loan origination, compared with $1.9 billion at December 31, 2011. In addition to residential mortgages, at September 30, 2012, $.4 billion of the consumer finance home equity and second mortgage loans were to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers, compared with $.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The total amount of consumer lending segment residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage loans to customers that may be defined as sub-prime borrowers represented only .6 percent of total assets at September 30, 2012, compared with .7 percent at December 31, 2011. The Company considers sub-prime loans to be those made to borrowers with a risk of default significantly higher than those approved for prime lending programs, as reflected in credit scores obtained from independent agencies at loan origination, in addition to other credit underwriting criteria. Sub-prime portfolios include only loans originated according to the Company’s underwriting programs specifically designed to serve customers with weakened credit histories. The sub-prime designation indicators have been and will continue to be subject to re-evaluation over time as borrower characteristics, payment performance and economic conditions change. The sub-prime loans originated during the periods from June 2009 to September 2012 are with borrowers who met the Company’s program guidelines and have a credit score that generally is at or below a threshold of 620 to 650 depending on the program. Sub-prime loans originated during periods prior to June 2009 were based upon program level guidelines without regard to credit score.

The following table provides further information on the LTVs of residential mortgages, specifically for the consumer finance loans, at September 30, 2012:

 

(Dollars in Millions)   Interest
Only
    Amortizing     Total     Percent of
Total
 

Sub-Prime Borrowers

       

Less than or equal to 80%

  $ 2      $ 607      $ 609        4.5

Over 80% through 90%

    2        241        243        1.7   

Over 90% through 100%

    3        262        265        2.0   

Over 100%

    7        554        561        4.1   

Total

  $ 14      $ 1,664      $ 1,678        12.3

Other Borrowers

       

Less than or equal to 80%

  $ 847      $ 6,331      $ 7,178        52.6

Over 80% through 90%

    221        2,096        2,317        17.0   

Over 90% through 100%

    180        655        835        6.1   

Over 100%

    476        1,160        1,636        12.0   

No LTV available

           1        1          

Total

  $ 1,724      $ 10,243      $ 11,967        87.7

Total Consumer Finance

  $ 1,738      $ 11,907      $ 13,645        100.0
 

 

12    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides further information on the LTVs of home equity and second mortgages, specifically for the consumer finance loans at September 30, 2012:

 

(Dollars in Millions)   Lines     Loans     Total     Percent of
Total
 

Sub-Prime Borrowers

       

Less than or equal to 80%

  $ 43      $ 34      $ 77        3.5

Over 80% through 90%

    19        25        44        1.9   

Over 90% through 100%

    17        45        62        2.8   

Over 100%

    42        162        204        9.2   

No LTV/CLTV available

           1        1        .1   

Total

  $ 121      $ 267      $ 388        17.5

Other Borrowers

       

Less than or equal to 80%

  $ 808      $ 33      $ 841        37.9

Over 80% through 90%

    287        23        310        14.0   

Over 90% through 100%

    181        25        206        9.3   

Over 100%

    381        89        470        21.2   

No LTV/CLTV available

    3               3        .1   

Total

  $ 1,660      $ 170      $ 1,830        82.5

Total Consumer Finance

  $ 1,781      $ 437      $ 2,218        100.0

Covered loans included $1.3 billion in loans with negative-amortization payment options at September 30, 2012, compared with $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011. Other than covered loans, the Company does not have any residential mortgages with payment schedules that would cause balances to increase over time.

Home equity and second mortgages were $17.1 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $18.1 billion at December 31, 2011, and included $5.0 billion of home equity lines in a first lien position and $12.1 billion of home equity and second mortgage loans and lines in a junior lien position. Loans and lines in a junior lien position at September 30, 2012, included approximately $3.7 billion of loans and lines for which

the Company also serviced the related first lien loan, and approximately $8.4 billion where the Company did not service the related first lien loan. The Company was able to determine the status of the related first liens using information the Company has as the servicer of the first lien, information it received from its primary regulator on loans serviced by other large servicers or information reported on customer credit bureau files. The Company also evaluates other indicators of credit risk for these junior lien loans and lines including delinquency, estimated average CLTV ratios and weighted-average credit scores in making its assessment of credit risk, related loss estimates and determining the allowance for credit losses.

The following table provides a summary of delinquency statistics and other credit quality indicators for the Company’s junior lien positions at September 30, 2012:

 

     Junior Liens Behind        
(Dollars in Millions)   

Company

Owned

or Serviced

First Lien

    Third Party
First Lien
    Total  

Total

   $ 3,715      $ 8,349      $ 12,064   

Percent 30–89 days past due

     1.03     1.34     1.25

Percent 90 days or more past due

     .33     .29     .30

Weighted-average CLTV

     90     89     89

Weighted-average credit score

     749        746        747   

See the Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses section for additional information on how the Company determines the allowance for credit losses for loans in a junior lien position.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    13


Table 5

  Delinquent Loan Ratios as a Percent of Ending Loan Balances

 

90 days or more past due excluding nonperforming loans    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Commercial

    

Commercial

     .07     .09

Lease financing

     .02          

Total commercial

     .06        .08   

Commercial Real Estate

    

Commercial mortgages

     .02        .02   

Construction and development

     .10        .13   

Total commercial real estate

     .03        .04   

Residential Mortgages (a)

     .72        .98   

Credit Card

     1.18        1.36   

Other Retail

    

Retail leasing

     .02        .02   

Other

     .23        .43   

Total other retail (b)

     .20        .38   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     .31        .43   

Covered Loans

     5.61        6.15   

Total loans

     .61     .84

 

90 days or more past due including nonperforming loans    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Commercial

     .31     .63

Commercial real estate

     1.75        2.55   

Residential mortgages (a)

     2.52        2.73   

Credit card

     2.18        2.65   

Other retail (b)

     .64        .52   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     1.24        1.54   

Covered loans

     9.30        12.42   

Total loans

     1.69     2.30

 

(a) Delinquent loan ratios exclude $3.0 billion at September 30, 2012, and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2011, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Including these loans, the ratio of residential mortgages 90 days or more past due including all nonperforming loans was 9.64 percent at September 30, 2012, and 9.84 percent at December 31, 2011.
(b) Delinquent loan ratios exclude student loans that are guaranteed by the federal government. Including these loans, the ratio of total other retail loans 90 days or more past due including all nonperforming loans was 1.09 percent at September 30, 2012, and .99 percent at December 31, 2011.

 

Loan Delinquencies  Trends in delinquency ratios are an indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the Company’s loan portfolios. The Company measures delinquencies, both including and excluding nonperforming loans, to enable comparability with other companies. Accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $1.3 billion ($644 million excluding covered loans) at September 30, 2012, compared with $1.8 billion ($843 million excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2011. These balances exclude loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The $199 million (23.6 percent) decrease, excluding covered loans,

reflected improvement in residential mortgages, credit card and other retail loan portfolios during the first nine months of 2012. These loans are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to accrue interest because they are adequately secured by collateral, are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status, or are managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines. The ratio of accruing loans 90 days or more past due to total loans was .61 percent (.31 percent excluding covered loans) at September 30, 2012, compared with .84 percent (.43 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2011.

 

 

14    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides summary delinquency information for residential mortgages, credit card and other retail loans included in the consumer lending segment:

 

     Amount     

As a Percent of Ending

Loan Balances

 
(Dollars in Millions)    September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Residential Mortgages (a)

          

30-89 days

   $ 393       $ 404         .93     1.09

90 days or more

     301         364         .72        .98   

Nonperforming

     757         650         1.81        1.75   

Total

   $ 1,451       $ 1,418         3.46     3.82

Credit Card

          

30-89 days

   $ 230       $ 238         1.41     1.37

90 days or more

     194         236         1.18        1.36   

Nonperforming

     163         224         .99        1.29   

Total

   $ 587       $ 698         3.58     4.02

Other Retail

          

Retail Leasing

          

30-89 days

   $ 9       $ 10         .17     .19

90 days or more

     1         1         .02        .02   

Nonperforming

     1                 .02          

Total

   $ 11       $ 11         .21     .21

Home Equity and Second Mortgages

          

30-89 days

   $ 140       $ 162         .81     .90

90 days or more

     54         133         .32        .73   

Nonperforming

     179         40         1.05        .22   

Total

   $ 373       $ 335         2.18     1.85

Other (b)

          

30-89 days

   $ 151       $ 168         .59     .68

90 days or more

     42         50         .16        .20   

Nonperforming

     30         27         .12        .11   

Total

   $ 223       $ 245         .87     .99

 

(a) Excludes $3.0 billion and $2.6 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that are 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue interest.
(b) Includes revolving credit, installment, automobile and student loans.

The following table provides information on delinquent and nonperforming consumer lending segment loans as a percent of ending loan balances, by channel:

 

     Consumer Finance      Other Consumer Lending  
       September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Residential Mortgages (a)

           

30-89 days

     1.83     1.87      .51     .67

90 days or more

     1.19        1.71         .49        .59   

Nonperforming

     3.10        2.50         1.18        1.35   

Total

     6.12     6.08      2.18     2.61

Credit Card

           

30-89 days

              1.41     1.37

90 days or more

                    1.18        1.36   

Nonperforming

                    .99        1.29   

Total

              3.58     4.02

Other Retail

           

Retail Leasing

           

30-89 days

              .17     .19

90 days or more

                    .02        .02   

Nonperforming

                    .02          

Total

              .21     .21

Home Equity and Second Mortgages

           

30-89 days

     1.98     2.01      .64     .73

90 days or more

     .59        1.42         .28        .63   

Nonperforming

     2.03        .21         .90        .22   

Total

     4.60     3.64      1.82     1.58

Other (b)

           

30-89 days

     6.27     4.92      .52     .60

90 days or more

     1.25        .90         .15        .19   

Nonperforming

                    .12        .11   

Total

     7.52     5.82      .79     .90

 

(a) Excludes loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that are 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue interest.
(b) Includes revolving credit, installment, automobile and student loans.

 

U. S. Bancorp    15


Within the consumer finance loans at September 30, 2012, approximately $353 million of the delinquent residential mortgages and $64 million of the delinquent home equity and other retail loans were to customers defined as sub-prime, compared with $363 million and $63 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

The following table provides summary delinquency information for covered loans:

 

    Amount     As a Percent of Ending
Loan Balances
 
(Dollars in Millions)   September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

30-89 days

  $ 269      $ 362        2.22     2.45

90 days or more

    682        910        5.61        6.15   

Nonperforming

    449        926        3.69        6.26   

Total

  $ 1,400      $ 2,198        11.52     14.86

Restructured Loans   In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. In most cases the modification is either a concessionary reduction in interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance that would otherwise not be considered.

Troubled Debt Restructurings  Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in the payments to be received. TDRs accrue interest if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

The Company continues to work with customers to modify loans for borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties, including those acquired through FDIC-assisted acquisitions. Many of the Company’s TDRs are determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. The modifications vary within each of the Company’s loan classes. Commercial lending segment TDRs generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate. The Company may also work with the borrower to make other changes to the loan to mitigate losses, such as obtaining additional collateral and/or guarantees to support the loan.

The Company has also implemented certain residential mortgage loan restructuring programs that may result in TDRs. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury Home Affordable

Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify their loan and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of the Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, and other internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extensions of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs.

Credit card and other retail loan modifications are generally part of distinct restructuring programs. The Company offers a workout program providing customers modification solutions over a specified time period, generally up to 60 months. The Company also provides modification programs to qualifying customers experiencing a temporary financial hardship in which reductions are made to monthly required minimum payments for up to 12 months.

In accordance with regulatory guidance, the Company considers secured consumer loans that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs. If the loan amount exceeds the collateral value, the loan is charged down to collateral value and the remaining amount reported as nonperforming.

Modifications to loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for purposes of the Company’s accounting and disclosure if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with modifications on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements.

 

 

16    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides a summary of TDRs by loan class, including the delinquency status for TDRs that continue to accrue interest and TDRs included in nonperforming assets:

 

            As a Percent of Performing TDRs                  
At September 30, 2012
(Dollars in Millions)
   Performing
TDRs
     30-89 Days
Past Due
    90 Days or More
Past Due
    Nonperforming
TDRs
    Total
TDRs
 

Commercial

   $ 230         4.3     1.5   $ 76 (a)    $ 306   

Commercial real estate

     583         .8               222 (b)      805   

Residential mortgages

     2,076         6.8        5.1        326         2,402 (d) 

Credit card

     300         10.4        6.8        162 (c)      462   

Other retail

     198         8.4        3.6        71 (c)      269 (e) 

TDRs, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     3,387         6.0        4.0        857        4,244   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     1,631         9.9        48.1               1,631 (f) 

Covered loans

     371         3.6        10.6        121        492   

Total

   $ 5,389         7.0     17.8   $ 978      $ 6,367   

 

(a) Primarily represents loans less than six months from the modification date that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status (generally six months) and small business credit cards with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.
(b) Primarily represents loans less than six months from the modification date that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status (generally six months).
(c) Primarily represents loans with a modified rate equal to 0 percent.
(d) Includes $205 million of residential mortgage loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $64 million in trial period arrangements.
(e) Includes $81 million of home equity and second mortgage loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $2 million in trial period arrangements.
(f) Includes $153 million of Federal Housing Administration and Department of Veterans Affairs residential mortgage loans to borrowers that have had debt discharged through bankruptcy and $326 million in trial period arrangements.

 

Short-term Modifications The Company makes short-term modifications that it does not consider to be TDRs, in limited circumstances, to assist borrowers experiencing temporary hardships. Consumer lending programs include payment reductions, deferrals of up to three past due payments, and the ability to return to current status if the borrower makes required payments. The Company may also make short-term modifications to commercial lending loans, with the most common modification being an extension of the maturity date of three months or less. Such extensions generally are used when the maturity date is imminent and the borrower is experiencing some level of financial stress, but the Company believes the borrower will pay all contractual amounts owed. Short-term modifications were not material at September 30, 2012.

Nonperforming Assets The level of nonperforming assets represents another indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms and not accruing interest, restructured loans that have not met the performance period required to return to accrual status, other real estate owned and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. Interest payments collected from assets on nonaccrual status are typically applied against the principal balance and not recorded as income.

At September 30, 2012, total nonperforming assets were $2.8 billion, compared with $3.8 billion at December 31, 2011. Excluding covered assets, nonperforming assets were $2.2 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $2.6 billion at December 31, 2011. The $386 million (15.0 percent) decrease in nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets, was

primarily driven by reductions in nonperforming construction and development loans, as the Company continued to reduce exposure to these problem assets, as well as improvement in other commercial loan portfolios, partially offset by increases in nonperforming residential mortgages and other retail loans. These increases were principally the result of approximately $109 million of loans placed on nonaccrual status due to regulatory clarification in the treatment of residential mortgage and other consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy but continue to make payments on their loans, and the inclusion, beginning in the second quarter of 2012, of junior lien loans and lines greater than 120 days past due, as well as junior lien loans and lines behind a first lien greater than 180 days past due or on nonaccrual status, as nonperforming loans. These changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Nonperforming covered assets at September 30, 2012, were $647 million, compared with $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. These assets are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company. The ratio of total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate was 1.30 percent (1.06 percent excluding covered assets) at September 30, 2012, compared with 1.79 percent (1.32 percent excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2011. The Company expects total nonperforming assets to trend lower in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Other real estate owned, excluding covered assets, was $259 million at September 30, 2012, compared with $404 million at December 31, 2011, and was related to foreclosed properties that previously secured loan balances.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    17


Table 6

  Nonperforming Assets (a)

 

(Dollars in Millions)    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Commercial

    

Commercial

   $ 133      $ 280   

Lease financing

     19        32   

Total commercial

     152        312   

Commercial Real Estate

    

Commercial mortgages

     392        354   

Construction and development

     239        545   

Total commercial real estate

     631        899   

Residential Mortgages (b)

     757        650   

Credit Card

     163        224   

Other Retail

    

Retail leasing

     1          

Other

     209        67   

Total other retail

     210        67   

Total nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans

     1,913        2,152   

Covered Loans

     449        926   

Total nonperforming loans

     2,362        3,078   

Other Real Estate (c)(d)

     259        404   

Covered Other Real Estate (d)

     198        274   

Other Assets

     16        18   

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 2,835      $ 3,774   

Total nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets

   $ 2,188      $ 2,574   

Excluding covered assets:

    

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due (b)

   $ 644      $ 843   

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     .93     1.10

Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate (c)

     1.06     1.32

Including covered assets:

    

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due (b)

   $ 1,326      $ 1,753   

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.08     1.47

Nonperforming assets to total loans plus other real estate (c)

     1.30     1.79

Changes in Nonperforming Assets

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Commercial and
Commercial
Real Estate
    Credit Card,
Other Retail
and Residential
Mortgages (f)
    Covered
Assets
    Total  

Balance December 31, 2011

   $ 1,475      $ 1,099      $ 1,200      $ 3,774   

Additions to nonperforming assets

        

New nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties

     710        898        209        1,817   

Advances on loans

     36                      36   

Total additions

     746        898        209        1,853   

Reductions in nonperforming assets

        

Paydowns, payoffs

     (609     (242     (529     (1,380

Net sales

     (229     (111     (189     (529

Return to performing status

     (38     (90     (35     (163

Charge-offs (e)

     (414     (297     (9     (720

Total reductions

     (1,290     (740     (762     (2,792

Net additions to (reductions in) nonperforming assets

     (544     158        (553     (939

Balance September 30, 2012

   $ 931      $ 1,257      $ 647      $ 2,835   

 

(a) Throughout this document, nonperforming assets and related ratios do not include accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
(b) Excludes $3.0 billion and $2.6 billion at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, of loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools that are 90 days or more past due that continue to accrue interest, as their repayments are primarily insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.
(c) Foreclosed GNMA loans of $596 million and $692 million at September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, continue to accrue interest and are recorded as other assets and excluded from nonperforming assets because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs.
(d) Includes equity investments in entities whose principal assets are other real estate owned.
(e) Charge-offs exclude actions for certain card products and loan sales that were not classified as nonperforming at the time the charge-off occurred.
(f) Residential mortgage information excludes changes related to residential mortgages serviced by others.

 

 

18    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides an analysis of other real estate owned, excluding covered assets, as a percent of their related loan balances, including geographical location detail for residential (residential mortgage, home equity and second mortgage) and commercial (commercial and commercial real estate) loan balances:

 

    Amount    

As a Percent of Ending

Loan Balances

 
(Dollars in Millions)   September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Residential

         

Minnesota

  $ 13      $ 22        .22     .39

Illinois

    12        10        .35        .31   

Missouri

    8        7        .29        .26   

California

    7        16        .08        .22   

Wisconsin

    5        6        .23        .29   

All other states

    74        90        .20        .26   

Total residential

    119        151        .20        .27   

Commercial

         

California

    25        26        .16        .18   

Nevada

    21        44        1.70        3.13   

Ohio

    13        18        .27        .38   

Missouri

    12        5        .28        .12   

Arizona

    10        16        .84        1.41   

All other states

    59        144        .08        .22   

Total commercial

    140        253        .14        .27   

Total

  $ 259      $ 404        .13     .21

Analysis of Loan Net Charge-Offs  Total loan net charge-offs were $538 million for the third quarter and $1.6 billion for the first nine months of 2012, compared with $669 million and $2.2 billion for the same periods of 2011. Net charge-offs for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, included $54 million of incremental

charge-offs due to clarification of the regulatory guidance related to residential mortgage and other consumer loans to borrowers who have had debt discharged through bankruptcy but continue to make payments on their loans. The ratio of total loan net charge-offs to average loans outstanding on an annualized basis for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012 was .99 percent and 1.02 percent, respectively, compared with 1.31 percent and 1.49 percent for the same periods of 2011. The year-over-year decreases in total net charge-offs were due to improvement in most loan portfolios, as economic conditions continue to slowly improve. Given current economic conditions, the Company expects the level of net charge-offs to be lower in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Commercial and commercial real estate loan net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 were $91 million (.37 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $224 million (1.01 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the third quarter of 2011. Commercial and commercial real estate loan net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2012 were $372 million (.52 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $748 million (1.17 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the first nine months of 2011. The decreases reflected the impact of efforts to resolve and reduce exposure to problem assets in the Company’s commercial real estate portfolios and improvement in the other commercial portfolios due to the stabilizing economy.

 

 

Table 7

  Net Charge-offs as a Percent of Average Loans Outstanding

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2012     2011     2012     2011  

Commercial

        

Commercial

     .41     .77     .48     .90

Lease financing

     .50        .61        .71        .81   

Total commercial

     .42        .75        .50        .89   

Commercial Real Estate

        

Commercial mortgages

     .26        .93        .45        .81   

Construction and development

     .33        3.43        1.05        4.60   

Total commercial real estate

     .27        1.39        .55        1.56   

Residential Mortgages

     1.17        1.42        1.16        1.51   

Credit Card (a)

     4.01        4.40        4.05        5.35   

Other Retail

        

Retail leasing

            (.08     .03          

Home equity and second mortgages

     2.04        1.59        1.71        1.66   

Other

     1.06        1.11        .95        1.20   

Total other retail

     1.30        1.16        1.13        1.25   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     1.04        1.42        1.09        1.62   

Covered Loans

     .06        .08        .03        .08   

Total loans

     .99     1.31     1.02     1.49

 

(a) Net charge-off as a percent of average loans outstanding, excluding portfolio purchases where the acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the purchase date, were 4.17 percent and 4.54 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and 4.21 percent and 5.53 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

U. S. Bancorp    19


Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 were $121 million (1.17 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $122 million (1.42 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the third quarter of 2011. Third quarter 2012 residential mortgage loan net charge-offs included $22 million of incremental charge-offs related to regulatory clarification on bankruptcy loans. Residential mortgage loan net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2012 were $342 million (1.16 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $370 million (1.51 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the first nine months of 2011. Credit card loan net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 were $167 million (4.01 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $178 million (4.40 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the third quarter of 2011. Credit card loan net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2012 were $506 million (4.05 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $641 million (5.35 percent of average loans outstanding on an

annualized basis) for the first nine months of 2011. Other retail loan net charge-offs for the third quarter of 2012 were $157 million (1.30 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $142 million (1.16 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the third quarter of 2011. Third quarter other retail loan net charge-offs included $32 million of incremental charge-offs related to regulatory clarification on bankruptcy loans. Other retail loan net charge-offs for the first nine months of 2012 were $406 million (1.13 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis), compared with $452 million (1.25 percent of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis) for the first nine months of 2011. Total residential mortgage, credit card and other retail loan net charge-offs for the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, increased $3 million (.7 percent) and decreased $209 million (14.3 percent), respectively, compared with the same periods of 2011, reflecting the current year incremental charge-offs in the residential mortgages and other retail portfolios related to regulatory clarification on bankruptcy loans, offset by the impact of more stable economic conditions.

 

 

The following table provides an analysis of net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding by channel:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     Average Loans      Percent of
Average
Loans
    Average Loans        Percent of
Average
Loans
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012      2011      2012     2011     2012      2011      2012     2011  

Consumer Finance

                    

Residential mortgages

   $ 13,527       $ 12,397         2.71     2.59   $ 13,303       $ 12,127         2.49     2.87

Home equity and second mortgages

     2,250         2,442         5.48        3.57        2,304         2,476         4.35        4.32   

Other

     333         501         4.78        3.96        376         536         3.91        2.99   

Other Consumer Lending

                    

Residential mortgages

   $ 27,442       $ 21,629         .42     .75   $ 26,025       $ 20,727         .48     .71

Home equity and second mortgages

     15,079         16,068         1.53        1.28        15,315         16,172         1.32        1.25   

Other

     25,073         24,272         1.02        1.05        24,778         24,118         .91        1.16   

Total Company

                    

Residential mortgages

   $ 40,969       $ 34,026         1.17     1.42   $ 39,328       $ 32,854         1.16     1.51

Home equity and second mortgages

     17,329         18,510         2.04        1.59        17,619         18,648         1.71        1.66   

Other (a)

     25,406         24,773         1.06        1.11        25,154         24,654         .95        1.20   

 

(a) Includes revolving credit, installment, automobile and student loans

The following table provides further information on net charge-offs as a percent of average loans outstanding for the consumer finance loans:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     Average Loans     

Percent of
Average

Loans

    Average Loans      Percent of
Average
Loans
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012      2011      2012     2011     2012      2011      2012     2011  

Residential mortgages

                    

Sub-prime borrowers

   $ 1,699       $ 1,940         7.49     6.14   $ 1,757       $ 2,009         6.61     6.12

Other borrowers

     11,828         10,457         2.02        1.93        11,546         10,118         1.86        2.22   

Total

   $ 13,527       $ 12,397         2.71     2.59   $ 13,303       $ 12,127         2.49     2.87

Home equity and second mortgages

                    

Sub-prime borrowers

   $ 398       $ 480         11.00     8.27   $ 417       $ 503         8.65     9.30

Other borrowers

     1,852         1,962         4.30        2.43        1,887         1,973         3.40        3.05   

Total

   $ 2,250       $ 2,442         5.48     3.57   $ 2,304       $ 2,476         4.35     4.32

 

 

20    U. S. Bancorp


Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses  The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. The Company currently uses an 11-year period of historical losses in considering actual loss experience. This timeframe and the results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to determine the appropriateness. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, and historical losses, adjusted for current trends.

The allowance recorded for purchased impaired and TDR loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. Credit card and other retail loans 90 days or more past due are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relatively short period of time to charge-off and, therefore, are excluded from nonperforming loans and measures that include nonperforming loans as part of the calculation.

When evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for any loans and lines in a junior lien position, the Company considers the delinquency and modification status of the first lien. At September 30, 2012, the Company serviced the first lien on 31 percent of

the home equity loans and lines in a junior lien position. The Company also considers information received from its primary regulator on the status of the first liens that are serviced by other large servicers in the industry and the status of first lien mortgage accounts reported on customer credit bureau files. Regardless of whether or not the Company services the first lien, an assessment is made of economic conditions, problem loans, recent loss experience and other factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. Based on the available information, the Company estimated $541 million or 3.2 percent of the total home equity portfolio at September 30, 2012, represented junior liens where the first lien was delinquent or modified.

The Company uses historical loss experience on the loans and lines in a junior lien position where the first lien is serviced by the Company or can be identified in credit bureau data to establish loss estimates for junior lien loans and lines the Company services when they are current, but the first lien is delinquent or modified. Historically, the number of junior lien defaults in any period has been a small percentage of the total portfolio (for example, only 1.5 percent for the twelve months ended September 30, 2012), and the long-term average loss rate on the small percentage of loans that default has been approximately 80 percent. In periods of economic stress such as the current environment, the Company has experienced loss severity rates in excess of 90 percent for junior liens that default. In addition, the Company obtains updated credit scores on its home equity portfolio each quarter and in some cases more frequently, and uses this information to qualitatively supplement its loss estimation methods. Credit score distributions for the portfolio are monitored monthly and any changes in the distribution are one of the factors considered in assessing the Company’s loss estimates.

The allowance for covered segment loans is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans, and represents any decreases in expected cash flows on those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered segment loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

In addition, the evaluation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses for purchased non-impaired loans acquired after January 1, 2009, in the various loan segments considers credit discounts recorded as a part of the initial determination of the fair value of the loans. For these loans, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. Credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loans are a component of the initial fair value. Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    21


these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for credit losses only when the required allowance, net of any expected reimbursement under any loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, exceeds any remaining credit discounts.

The evaluation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses for purchased impaired loans in the various loan segments considers the expected cash flows to be collected from the borrower. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and therefore no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date.

Subsequent to the purchase date, the expected cash flows of purchased loans are subject to evaluation. Decreases in the present value of expected cash flows are recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses with the related provision for credit losses reduced for the amount reimbursable by the FDIC, where applicable. If the expected cash flows on the purchased loans increase such that a previously recorded impairment allowance can be reversed, the Company records a reduction in the allowance with a related reduction in losses reimbursable by the FDIC, where applicable. Increases in expected cash flows of purchased loans and decreases in expected cash flows of the FDIC indemnification assets, when there are no previous impairment allowances, are considered together and recognized over the remaining life of the loans. Refer to Note 3 for further information.

The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for all the loan segments also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments.

Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on the analysis and determination of the allowance for credit losses.

At September 30, 2012, the allowance for credit losses was $4.8 billion (2.19 percent of total loans and 2.26 percent of loans excluding covered loans),

compared with an allowance of $5.0 billion (2.39 percent of total loans and 2.52 percent of loans excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2011. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans was 202 percent (244 percent excluding covered loans) at September 30, 2012, compared with 163 percent (228 percent excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2011. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to annualized loan net charge-offs was 223 percent at September 30, 2012, compared with 176 percent of full year 2011 net charge-offs at December 31, 2011, as net charge-offs continue to decline due to stabilizing economic conditions.

Residual Value Risk Management  The Company manages its risk to changes in the residual value of leased assets through disciplined residual valuation setting at the inception of a lease, diversification of its leased assets, regular residual asset valuation reviews and monitoring of residual value gains or losses upon the disposition of assets. As of September 30, 2012, no significant change in the amount of residual values or concentration of the portfolios had occurred since December 31, 2011. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Residual Value Risk Management” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on residual value risk management.

Operational Risk Management  The Company manages operational risk through a risk management framework and its internal control processes. Within this framework, the Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors provides oversight and assesses the most significant operational risks facing the Company within its business lines. Under the guidance of the Risk Management Committee, enterprise risk management personnel establish policies and interact with business lines to monitor significant operating risks on a regular basis. Business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities. An operational risk that has been recently increasing for large financial institutions is information technology risk such as instances of cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that the Company’s customers use to access the Company’s products and services. In addition, enterprise risk management is responsible for establishing a culture of compliance and compliance program standards and policies, and performing risk assessments on the business lines’ adherence to laws, rules, regulations and internal policies and procedures. The Consumer Financial

 

 

22    U. S. Bancorp


Table 8

  Summary of Allowance for Credit Losses

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011     2012      2011  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 4,864      $ 5,308      $ 5,014       $ 5,531   

Charge-Offs

         

Commercial

         

Commercial

     75        108        243         348   

Lease financing

     15        18        53         64   

Total commercial

     90        126        296         412   

Commercial real estate

         

Commercial mortgages

     33        70        123         185   

Construction and development

     14        61        83         261   

Total commercial real estate

     47        131        206         446   

Residential mortgages

     127        124        357         380   

Credit card

     186        203        585         712   

Other retail

         

Retail leasing

     3        2        7         8   

Home equity and second mortgages

     96        78        245         245   

Other

     88        95        251         298   

Total other retail

     187        175        503         551   

Covered loans (a)

     2        3        4         10   

Total charge-offs

     639        762        1,951         2,511   

Recoveries

         

Commercial

         

Commercial

     16        18        50         50   

Lease financing

     8        9        23         28   

Total commercial

     24        27        73         78   

Commercial real estate

         

Commercial mortgages

     13        2        21         13   

Construction and development

     9        4        36         19   

Total commercial real estate

     22        6        57         32   

Residential mortgages

     6        2        15         10   

Credit card

     19        25        79         71   

Other retail

         

Retail leasing

     3        3        6         8   

Home equity and second mortgages

     7        4        19         14   

Other

     20        26        72         77   

Total other retail

     30        33        97         99   

Covered loans (a)

                   1           

Total recoveries

     101        93        322         290   

Net Charge-Offs

         

Commercial

         

Commercial

     59        90        193         298   

Lease financing

     7        9        30         36   

Total commercial

     66        99        223         334   

Commercial real estate

         

Commercial mortgages

     20        68        102         172   

Construction and development

     5        57        47         242   

Total commercial real estate

     25        125        149         414   

Residential mortgages

     121        122        342         370   

Credit card

     167        178        506         641   

Other retail

         

Retail leasing

            (1     1           

Home equity and second mortgages

     89        74        226         231   

Other

     68        69        179         221   

Total other retail

     157        142        406         452   

Covered loans (a)

     2        3        3         10   

Total net charge-offs

     538        669        1,629         2,221   

Provision for credit losses

     488        519        1,439         1,846   

Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

     (10     32        (20      34   

Other changes

     (33            (33        

Balance at end of period

   $ 4,771      $ 5,190      $ 4,771       $ 5,190   

Components

         

Allowance for loan losses, excluding losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

   $ 4,426      $ 4,823        

Allowance for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

     55        127        

Liability for unfunded credit commitments

     290        240        

Total allowance for credit losses

   $ 4,771      $ 5,190        

Allowance for Credit Losses as a Percentage of

         

Period-end loans, excluding covered loans

     2.26     2.66     

Nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans

     244        196        

Nonperforming and accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding covered loans

     182        149        

Nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets

     213        166        

Annualized net charge-offs, excluding covered loans

     219        190        

Period-end loans

     2.19     2.53     

Nonperforming loans

     202        145        

Nonperforming and accruing loans 90 days or more past due

     129        100        

Nonperforming assets

     168        120        

Annualized net charge-offs

     223        196                    

 

Note: At September 30, 2012 and 2011, $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, of the total allowance for credit losses related to incurred losses on credit card and other retail loans.
(a) Relates to covered loan charge-offs and recoveries not reimbursable by the FDIC.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    23


Protection Bureau has increasingly become active in its oversight of business practices relating to various consumer financial products, increasing enforcement risk in this area and resulting in fines and penalties against certain of the Company’s competitors. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Operational Risk Management” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on operational risk management.

Interest Rate Risk Management  In the banking industry, changes in interest rates are a significant risk that can impact earnings, market valuations and the safety and soundness of an entity. To minimize the volatility of net interest income and the market value of assets and liabilities, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) and approved by the Board of Directors. The ALCO has the responsibility for approving and ensuring compliance with the ALCO management policies, including interest rate risk exposure. The Company uses net interest income simulation analysis and market value of equity modeling for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk.

Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis  Management estimates the impact on net interest income of changes in market interest rates under a number of scenarios, including gradual shifts, immediate and sustained parallel shifts, and flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The table on the following page summarizes the projected impact to net interest income over the next 12 months of various potential interest rate changes. The ALCO policy limits the estimated change in net interest income in a gradual 200 basis point (“bps”) rate change scenario to a 4.0 percent decline of forecasted net interest income over the next 12 months. At September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the Company was within policy. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on net interest income simulation analysis.

Market Value of Equity Modeling  The Company also manages interest rate sensitivity by utilizing market value of equity modeling, which measures the degree to which the market values of the Company’s assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments will change given a change in interest rates. Management measures

the impact of changes in market interest rates under a number of scenarios, including immediate and sustained parallel shifts, and flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The ALCO policy limits the change in market value of equity in a 200 bps parallel rate shock to a 15.0 percent decline. A 200 bps increase would have resulted in a 2.6 percent decrease in the market value of equity at September 30, 2012, compared with a 2.0 percent decrease at December 31, 2011. A 200 bps decrease, where possible given current rates, would have resulted in a 5.6 percent decrease in the market value of equity at September 30, 2012, compared with a 6.4 percent decrease at December 31, 2011. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Market Value of Equity Modeling” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on market value of equity modeling.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks  To reduce the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate, prepayment, credit, price and foreign currency fluctuations (“asset and liability management positions”), the Company enters into derivative transactions. The Company uses derivatives for asset and liability management purposes primarily in the following ways:

 

To convert fixed-rate debt from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments;

 

To convert the cash flows associated with floating-rate loans and debt from floating-rate payments to fixed-rate payments;

 

To mitigate changes in value of the Company’s mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs; and

 

To mitigate remeasurement volatility of foreign currency denominated balances.

To manage these risks, the Company may enter into exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivative contracts, including interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts to support the business requirements of its customers (“customer-related positions”). The Company minimizes the market and liquidity risks of customer-related positions by entering into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers. The Company does not utilize derivatives for speculative purposes.

The Company does not designate all of the derivatives that it enters into for risk management purposes as accounting hedges because of the inefficiency of applying the accounting requirements and

 

 

24    U. S. Bancorp


Sensitivity of Net Interest Income

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
       Down 50 bps
Immediate
     Up 50 bps
Immediate
    Down 200 bps
Gradual
    

Up 200 bps

Gradual

     Down 50 bps
Immediate
     Up 50 bps
Immediate
    Down 200 bps
Gradual
     Up 200 bps
Gradual
 

Net interest income

     *         1.54     *         2.06      *         1.57     *         1.92
                                                                       

 

* Given the current level of interest rates, a downward rate scenario can not be computed.

 

may instead elect fair value accounting for the related hedged items. In particular, the Company enters into interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”), U.S. Treasury futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures to mitigate fluctuations in the value of its MSRs, but does not designate those derivatives as accounting hedges.

Additionally, the Company uses forward commitments to sell TBAs and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans at specified prices to economically hedge the interest rate risk in its residential mortgage loan production activities. At September 30, 2012, the Company had $20.4 billion of forward commitments to sell, hedging $9.8 billion of mortgage loans held for sale and $17.3 billion of unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The forward commitments to sell and the unfunded mortgage loan commitments on loans intended to be sold are considered derivatives under the accounting guidance related to accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The Company has elected the fair value option for the mortgage loans held for sale.

Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the contracts. Credit risk associated with derivatives is measured by the Company based on the probability of counterparty default. The Company manages the credit risk of its derivative positions by diversifying its positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting agreements, and, where possible, by requiring collateral agreements. The Company may also transfer counterparty credit risk related to interest rate swaps to third parties through the use of risk participation agreements.

For additional information on derivatives and hedging activities, refer to Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Market Risk Management  In addition to interest rate risk, the Company is exposed to other forms of market risk, principally related to trading activities which support customers’ strategies to manage their own foreign currency, interest rate risk and funding activities. The Company’s Market Risk Committee (“MRC”), underneath the ALCO, oversees market risk

management. The MRC monitors and reviews the Company’s trading positions and establishes policies for market risk management, including exposure limits for each portfolio. The Company uses a Value at Risk (“VaR”) approach to measure general market risk. Theoretically, VaR represents the statistical risk of loss the Company has to adverse market movements over a one-day time horizon. The Company uses the Historical Simulation method to calculate VaR for its trading businesses measured at the ninety-ninth percentile using a one-year look-back period for distributions derived from past market data. The market factors used in the calculations include those pertinent to market risks inherent in the underlying trading portfolios, principally those that affect its investment grade bond trading business, foreign currency transaction business, client derivatives business, loan trading business and municipal securities business. On average, the Company expects the one-day VaR to be exceeded two to three times per year in each business. The Company monitors the effectiveness of its risk programs by back-testing the performance of its VaR models, regularly updating the historical data used by the VaR models and stress testing. If the Company were to experience market losses in excess of the estimated VaR more often than expected, the VaR models and associated assumptions would be analyzed and adjusted. The Company stress tests its market risk measurements to provide management with perspectives on market events that may not be captured by its VaR models, including worst case historical market movement combinations that have not necessarily occurred on the same date.

The average, high and low VaR amounts for the Company’s trading positions for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were $2 million, $3 million and $1 million, respectively, compared with $2 million, $4 million and $1 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

The Company also measures the market risk of its hedging activities related to MSRs and residential mortgage loans held for sale using the Historical Simulation method. The VaRs are measured at the ninety-ninth percentile and employ factors pertinent to the market risks inherent in the valuation of the assets

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    25


and hedges. A three-year look-back period is used to obtain past market data. The Company monitors the effectiveness of the models through back-testing, updating the data and regular validations. The average, high and low VaR amounts for the MSRs and related hedges for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were $4 million, $8 million and $2 million, respectively, compared with $8 million, $14 million and $3 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The average, high and low VaR amounts for residential mortgage loans held for sale and related hedges for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, were $2 million, $7 million and $1 million, respectively, compared with $3 million, $7 million and $2 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Liquidity Risk Management  The Company’s liquidity risk management process is designed to identify, measure, and manage the Company’s funding and liquidity risk to meet its daily funding needs and to address expected and unexpected changes in its funding requirements. The Company engages in various activities to manage its liquidity risk. These include diversifying its funding sources, stress testing, and holding readily-marketable assets which can be used as a source of liquidity if needed. In addition, the Company’s profitable operations, sound credit quality and strong capital position have enabled it to develop a large and reliable base of core deposit funding within its market areas and in domestic and global capital markets.

The Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors oversees the Company’s liquidity risk management process and approves the Company’s liquidity policy and reviews its contingency funding plan. The ALCO reviews and approves the Company’s liquidity policies and guidelines, and regularly assesses the Company’s ability to meet funding requirements arising from adverse company-specific or market events.

The Company regularly projects its funding needs under various stress scenarios and maintains contingency plans consistent with the Company’s access to diversified sources of contingent funding. The Company maintains a substantial level of total available liquidity in the form of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources. These include cash at the Federal Reserve, unencumbered liquid assets, and capacity to borrow at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Discount Window. At September 30, 2012, the fair value of unencumbered available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities totaled $57.3 billion, compared with $48.7 billion at December 31,

2011. Refer to Table 4 and “Balance Sheet Analysis” for further information on investment securities maturities and trends. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by the Company’s ability to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. At September 30, 2012, the Company could have borrowed an additional $66.0 billion at the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank based on collateral available for additional borrowings.

The Company’s diversified deposit base provides a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funding, while reducing the Company’s reliance on the wholesale markets. Total deposits were $244.2 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $230.9 billion at December 31, 2011, reflecting organic growth in core deposits and acquired balances. Refer to “Balance Sheet Analysis” for further information on the Company’s deposits.

Additional funding is provided by long-term debt and short-term borrowings. Long-term debt was $26.3 billion at September 30, 2012, and is an important funding source because of its multi-year borrowing structure. Short-term borrowings were $27.9 billion at September 30, 2012, and supplement the Company’s other funding sources. Refer to “Balance Sheet Analysis” for further information on the Company’s long-term debt and short-term borrowings.

In addition to assessing liquidity risk on a consolidated basis, the Company monitors the parent company liquidity and maintains sufficient funding to meet expected parent company obligations, without access to the wholesale funding markets or dividends from subsidiaries, for 12 months when forecasted payments of common stock dividends are included and 24 months assuming dividends were reduced to zero. The parent company currently has available funds on its balance sheet considerably greater than the amounts required to satisfy these conditions.

Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity Risk Management” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on liquidity risk management.

At September 30, 2012, parent company long-term debt outstanding was $12.8 billion, compared with $14.6 billion at December 31, 2011. The $1.8 billion decrease was primarily due to $2.7 billion of medium-term note maturities and $2.7 billion of redemptions of junior subordinated debentures, partially offset by issuances of $1.3 billion of subordinated debt and $2.3 billion of medium-term notes. As of September 30, 2012, there was no parent company debt scheduled to mature in the remainder of 2012.

 

 

26    U. S. Bancorp


Federal banking laws regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid by banking subsidiaries without prior approval. The amount of dividends available to the parent company from its banking subsidiaries after meeting the regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized banks was approximately $8.3 billion at September 30, 2012.

European Exposures Certain European countries have experienced severe credit deterioration. The Company does not hold sovereign debt of any European country, but may have indirect exposure to sovereign debt through its investments in, and transactions with, European banks. At September 30, 2012, the Company had investments in perpetual preferred stock issued by European banks with an amortized cost totaling $99 million and unrealized losses totaling $10 million, compared with an amortized cost totaling $169 million and unrealized losses totaling $48 million, at December 31, 2011. The Company also transacts with various European banks as counterparties to interest rate swaps and foreign currency transactions for its hedging and customer-related activities, however none of these banks are domiciled in the countries experiencing the most significant credit deterioration. These derivative transactions are subject to master netting and collateral support agreements which significantly limit the Company’s exposure to loss as they generally require daily posting of collateral. At September 30, 2012, the Company was in a net payable position to each of these European banks.

The Company has not bought or sold credit protection on the debt of any European country or any company domiciled in Europe, nor does it provide retail lending services in Europe. While the Company does not offer commercial lending services in Europe, it does provide financing to domestic multinational corporations that generate revenue from customers in European countries and provides a limited number of corporate credit cards to their European subsidiaries. While an economic downturn in Europe could have a negative impact on these customers’ revenues, it is unlikely that any effect on the overall credit worthiness of these multinational corporations would be material to the Company.

The Company provides merchant processing and corporate trust services in Europe and through banking affiliations in Europe. Operating cash for these businesses are deposited on a short-term basis with certain European banks. However, exposure is mitigated by the Company placing deposits at multiple banks and managing the amounts on deposit at any bank based on institution-specific deposit limits. At September 30, 2012,

the Company had an aggregate amount on deposit with European banks of approximately $400 million.

The money market funds managed by an affiliate of the Company do not have any investments in European sovereign debt. Other than investments in banks in the countries of Sweden, Switzerland, Norway, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom, those funds do not have any unsecured investments in banks domiciled in the Eurozone.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  Off-balance sheet arrangements include any contractual arrangements to which an unconsolidated entity is a party, under which the Company has an obligation to provide credit or liquidity enhancements or market risk support. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into an array of commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and various forms of guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. Refer to Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these arrangements. The Company has not utilized private label asset securitizations as a source of funding. Off-balance sheet arrangements also include any obligation related to a variable interest held in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, credit enhancement or market risk support. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to the Company’s interests in variable interest entities.

Capital Management  The Company is committed to managing capital to maintain strong protection for depositors and creditors and for maximum shareholder benefit. The Company also manages its capital to exceed regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized bank holding companies. These requirements follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel I”). Table 9 provides a summary of regulatory capital ratios defined by banking regulators under the FDIC Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions applicable to all banks, as of September 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011. All regulatory ratios exceeded regulatory “well-capitalized” requirements. In 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, proposed to enhance international capital standards. In June 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed regulatory enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III and the Dodd-Frank Act, such as redefining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the rules for calculating

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    27


risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier 1 common equity ratio. The Company continues to evaluate these proposals, but does not expect their impact to be material to the financial statements.

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity was $38.7 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $34.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of corporate earnings, the issuance of $2.2 billion of non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock to replace certain junior subordinated debentures, due to proposed rule changes for securities that qualify as Tier 1 capital, and changes in unrealized gains and losses on investment securities included in other comprehensive income, partially offset by dividends and common share repurchases. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Capital Management” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on capital management.

The Company believes certain capital ratios in addition to regulatory capital ratios defined by banking regulators under the FDIC Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions are useful in evaluating its capital adequacy. The Company’s Tier 1 common equity (using Basel I definition) and tangible common equity, as a percent of risk-weighted assets, were 9.0 percent and 8.8 percent, respectively, at September 30, 2012, compared with 8.6 percent and 8.1 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The Company’s tangible common equity divided by tangible assets was 7.2 percent at September 30, 2012, compared with 6.6 percent at December 31, 2011. Additionally, the Company’s approximate Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012, was 8.2 percent at September 30, 2012. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for further information regarding the calculation of these ratios.

On March 13, 2012, the Company increased its dividend rate per common share by 56 percent, from $.125 per quarter to $.195 per quarter.

On March 13, 2012, the Company announced its Board of Directors had approved an authorization to

repurchase 100 million shares of common stock through March 31, 2013. All shares repurchased during the third quarter of 2012 were repurchased under this authorization.

The following table provides a detailed analysis of all shares repurchased by the Company during the third quarter of 2012:

 

Time Period    Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of the
Program
     Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the
Program
 

July

     9,243       $ 33.17         84,005,493   

August

     3,625,978         33.36         80,379,515   

September

     13,487,082         34.07         66,892,433   

Total

     17,122,303       $ 33.92         66,892,433   
                            

LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW

The Company’s major lines of business are Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate, Consumer and Small Business Banking, Wealth Management and Securities Services, Payment Services, and Treasury and Corporate Support. These operating segments are components of the Company about which financial information is prepared and is evaluated regularly by management in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

Basis for Financial Presentation  Business line results are derived from the Company’s business unit profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related income or expense. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Line of Business Financial Review” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for further discussion on the business lines’ basis for financial presentation.

Designations, assignments and allocations change from time to time as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change or business segments are realigned to better respond to the Company’s diverse customer base. During 2012, certain organization and methodology

 

 

Table 9

  Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

(Dollars in Millions)    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Tier 1 capital

   $ 30,766      $ 29,173   

As a percent of risk-weighted assets

     10.9     10.8

As a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets (leverage ratio)

     9.2     9.1

Total risk-based capital

   $ 37,559      $ 36,067   

As a percent of risk-weighted assets

     13.3     13.3

 

28    U. S. Bancorp


changes were made and, accordingly, 2011 results were restated and presented on a comparable basis.

Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate offers lending, equipment finance and small-ticket leasing, depository services, treasury management, capital markets, foreign exchange, international trade services and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, commercial real estate, financial institution and public sector clients. Wholesale Banking and Commercial Real Estate contributed $326 million of the Company’s net income in the third quarter and $984 million in the first nine months of 2012, or increases of $22 million (7.2 percent) and $203 million (26.0 percent), respectively, compared with the same periods of 2011. The increase for the third quarter of 2012 over the third quarter of 2011 was primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses and lower noninterest expense, partially offset by lower total net revenue. The increase for the first nine months of 2012 over the same period of 2011 was primarily driven by lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower total net revenue and higher noninterest expense.

Total net revenue decreased $39 million (4.5 percent) in the third quarter and $19 million (.8 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, decreased $18 million (3.3 percent) in the third quarter and $6 million (.4 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. The decreases reflected the net impact of lower rates on loans and the impact of lower rates on the margin benefit from deposits, partially offset by higher average loan and deposit balances. Noninterest income decreased $21 million (6.6 percent) in the third quarter of 2012, compared with the same period of 2011, primarily due to lower commercial products revenue, principally lower syndication and other loan fees, commercial leasing revenue and standby letters of credit fees, partially offset by an increase in high-grade bond underwriting fees. In addition, equity investment revenue was lower in the third quarter of 2012, compared with the third quarter of 2011. Noninterest income decreased $13 million (1.4 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same period of 2011, primarily due to lower commercial products revenue, partially offset by higher equity investment revenue.

Noninterest expense decreased $7 million (2.2 percent) in the third quarter of 2012, compared with the third quarter of 2011, primarily due to lower

costs related to other real estate owned. Noninterest expense increased $6 million (.6 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same period of 2011, largely due to higher compensation and employee benefits expense, partially offset by lower costs related to other real estate owned. The provision for credit losses decreased $65 million in the third quarter and $353 million (99.2 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, due to lower net charge-offs and reductions in the reserve allocation. Nonperforming assets were $600 million at September 30, 2012, $728 million at June 30, 2012, and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2011. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were .90 percent at September 30, 2012, 1.10 percent at June 30, 2012, and 2.01 percent at September 30, 2011. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.

Consumer and Small Business Banking  Consumer and Small Business Banking delivers products and services through banking offices, telephone servicing and sales, on-line services, direct mail, ATM processing and over mobile devices. It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking, in-store banking, small business banking, consumer lending, mortgage banking, consumer finance, workplace banking, student banking and 24-hour banking. Consumer and Small Business Banking contributed $326 million of the Company’s net income in the third quarter and $1.1 billion in the first nine months of 2012, or increases of $105 million (47.5 percent) and $537 million, respectively, compared with the same periods of 2011. The increase in the third quarter of 2012 over the third quarter of 2011 was due to higher total net revenue, partially offset by increases in the provision for credit losses and noninterest expense. The increase in the first nine months of 2012 over the first nine months of 2011 was due to higher total net revenue and lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Within Consumer and Small Business Banking, the retail banking division contributed $81 million of the total net income in the third quarter and $385 million in the first nine months of 2012, or a decrease of $39 million (32.5 percent) and an increase of $182 million (89.7 percent), respectively, from the same periods of 2011. Mortgage banking contributed $245 million and $675 million of Consumer and Small Business Banking’s net income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively, or increases of $144 million and $355 million, respectively, from the same periods of 2011.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    29


Table 10

  Line of Business Financial Performance

 

   

Wholesale Banking and

Commercial Real Estate

   

Consumer and Small

Business Banking

 

Three Months Ended September 30

(Dollars in Millions)

  2012      2011     Percent
Change
    2012      2011     Percent
Change
 

Condensed Income Statement

                 

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)

  $ 526       $ 544        (3.3 )%    $ 1,191       $ 1,153        3.3

Noninterest income

    296         317        (6.6     931         707        31.7   

Securities gains (losses), net

                                           
                              

Total net revenue

    822         861        (4.5     2,122         1,860        14.1   

Noninterest expense

    306         313        (2.2     1,251         1,164        7.5   

Other intangibles

    4         4               13         19        (31.6
                              

Total noninterest expense

    310         317        (2.2     1,264         1,183        6.8   
                              

Income before provision and income taxes

    512         544        (5.9     858         677        26.7   

Provision for credit losses

            65        *        346         330        4.8   
                              

Income before income taxes

    512         479        6.9        512         347        47.6   

Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment

    186         174        6.9        186         126        47.6   
                              

Net income

    326         305        6.9        326         221        47.5   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            (1     *                         
                              

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

  $ 326       $ 304        7.2      $ 326       $ 221        47.5   
                              
     

Average Balance Sheet

                 

Commercial

  $ 46,210       $ 38,020        21.5   $ 8,398       $ 7,332        14.5

Commercial real estate

    19,681         19,224        2.4        16,208         15,656        3.5   

Residential mortgages

    54         65        (16.9     40,526         33,561        20.8   

Credit card

                                           

Other retail

    7         4        75.0        45,656         46,000        (.7
                              

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    65,952         57,313        15.1        110,788         102,549        8.0   

Covered loans

    806         1,320        (38.9     7,396         8,266        (10.5
                              

Total loans

    66,758         58,633        13.9        118,184         110,815        6.6   

Goodwill

    1,604         1,604               3,515         3,515          

Other intangible assets

    34         50        (32.0     1,764         1,946        (9.4

Assets

    72,668         64,594        12.5        135,828         123,960        9.6   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    31,025         27,848        11.4        21,127         17,852        18.3   

Interest checking

    7,890         10,974        (28.1     30,051         27,048        11.1   

Savings products

    10,320         9,351        10.4        43,723         40,762        7.3   

Time deposits

    21,202         14,732        43.9        23,673         24,500        (3.4
                              

Total deposits

    70,437         62,905        12.0        118,574         110,162        7.6   

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

    6,383         5,604        13.9        11,562         9,327        24.0   
   

Wholesale Banking and

Commercial Real Estate

   

Consumer and Small

Business Banking

 

Nine Months Ended September 30

(Dollars in Millions)

  2012      2011     Percent
Change
    2012      2011     Percent
Change
 

Condensed Income Statement

                 

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)

  $ 1,580       $ 1,586        (.4 )%    $ 3,551       $ 3,412        4.1

Noninterest income

    923         936        (1.4     2,701         1,995        35.4   

Securities gains (losses), net

                                           
                              

Total net revenue

    2,503         2,522        (.8     6,252         5,407        15.6   

Noninterest expense

    941         935        .6        3,673         3,430        7.1   

Other intangibles

    12         12               39         57        (31.6
                              

Total noninterest expense

    953         947        .6        3,712         3,487        6.5   
                              

Income before provision and income taxes

    1,550         1,575        (1.6     2,540         1,920        32.3   

Provision for credit losses

    3         356        (99.2     875         1,097        (20.2
                              

Income before income taxes

    1,547         1,219        26.9        1,665         823        *   

Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment

    563         443        27.1        605         299        *   
                              

Net income

    984         776        26.8        1,060         524        *   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

            5        *                (1     *   
                              

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

  $ 984       $ 781        26.0      $ 1,060       $ 523        *   
                              
     

Average Balance Sheet

                 

Commercial

  $ 44,376       $ 36,406        21.9   $ 8,127       $ 7,243        12.2

Commercial real estate

    19,614         19,271        1.8        16,070         15,462        3.9   

Residential mortgages

    60         68        (11.8     38,883         32,391        20.0   

Credit card

                                           

Other retail

    5         6        (16.7     45,604         45,691        (.2
                              

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    64,055         55,751        14.9        108,684         100,787        7.8   

Covered loans

    1,003         1,589        (36.9     7,642         8,520        (10.3
                              

Total loans

    65,058         57,340        13.5        116,326         109,307        6.4   

Goodwill

    1,604         1,604               3,515         3,521        (.2

Other intangible assets

    38         55        (30.9     1,784         2,138        (16.6

Assets

    70,895         63,218        12.1        133,108         122,942        8.3   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    30,630         23,749        29.0        19,774         17,649        12.0   

Interest checking

    10,608         13,024        (18.6     29,660         26,228        13.1   

Savings products

    8,918         9,555        (6.7     43,106         40,290        7.0   

Time deposits

    17,210         14,845        15.9        24,097         24,478        (1.6
                              

Total deposits

    67,366         61,173        10.1        116,637         108,645        7.4   

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

    6,327         5,533        14.4        11,147         9,277        20.2   

 

* Not meaningful.

 

30    U. S. Bancorp


 

 

Wealth Management and

Securities Services

    

Payment

Services

    

Treasury and

Corporate Support

    

Consolidated

Company

 
2012      2011      Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
 
                                  
$ 86       $ 89         (3.4 )%     $ 382      $ 335        14.0    $ 598      $ 503        18.9    $ 2,783      $ 2,624        6.1
  283         254         11.4         851        854        (.4      34        48        (29.2      2,395        2,180        9.9   
                                                1        (9     *         1        (9     *   
                                         
  369         343         7.6         1,233        1,189        3.7         633        542        16.8         5,179        4,795        8.0   
  289         267         8.2         451        449        .4         245        208        17.8         2,542        2,401        5.9   
  10         9         11.1         40        43        (7.0                            67        75        (10.7
                                         
  299         276         8.3         491        492        (.2      245        208        17.8         2,609        2,476        5.4   
                                         
  70         67         4.5         742        697        6.5         388        334        16.2         2,570        2,319        10.8   
  4         2         *         135        125        8.0         3        (3     *         488        519        (6.0
                                         
  66         65         1.5         607        572        6.1         385        337        14.2         2,082        1,800        15.7   
  24         24                 221        208        6.3         33        16        *         650        548        18.6   
                                         
  42         41         2.4         386        364        6.0         352        321        9.7         1,432        1,252        14.4   
                          (10     (10             52        32        62.5         42        21        *   
                                         
$ 42       $ 41         2.4       $ 376      $ 354        6.2       $ 404      $ 353        14.4       $ 1,474      $ 1,273        15.8   
                                         
             
                                  
$ 1,398       $ 1,069         30.8    $ 6,062      $ 5,828        4.0    $ 124      $ 95        30.5    $ 62,192      $ 52,344        18.8
  599         567         5.6                               142        122        16.4         36,630        35,569        3.0   
  384         392         (2.0                            5        8        (37.5      40,969        34,026        20.4   
                          16,551        16,057        3.1                               16,551        16,057        3.1   
  1,526         1,490         2.4         802        885        (9.4             1        *         47,991        48,380        (.8
                                         
  3,907         3,518         11.1         23,415        22,770        2.8         271        226        19.9         204,333        186,376        9.6   
  11         12         (8.3      5        5                4,377        6,190        (29.3      12,595        15,793        (20.2
                                         
  3,918         3,530         11.0         23,420        22,775        2.8         4,648        6,416        (27.6      216,928        202,169        7.3   
  1,469         1,463         .4         2,346        2,367        (.9                            8,934        8,949        (.2
  165         179         (7.8      646        775        (16.6      4        5        (20.0      2,613        2,955        (11.6
  6,698         5,976         12.1         29,522        28,235        4.6         100,937        98,816        2.1         345,653        321,581        7.5   
  14,856         11,801         25.9         623        653        (4.6      496        452        9.7         68,127        58,606        16.2   
  3,919         2,835         38.2         1,346        184        *         1        1                43,207        41,042        5.3   
  23,051         21,314         8.1         40        31        29.0         139        207        (32.9      77,273        71,665        7.8   
  5,459         4,787         14.0                               340        37        *         50,674        44,056        15.0   
                                         
  47,285         40,737         16.1         2,009        868        *         976        697        40.0         239,281        215,369        11.1   
  2,241         2,075         8.0         5,654        5,276        7.2         12,779        10,805        18.3         38,619        33,087        16.7   

Wealth Management and

Securities Services

    

Payment

Services

    

Treasury and

Corporate Support

    

Consolidated

Company

 
2012      2011      Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
     2012     2011     Percent
Change
 
                                  
$ 263       $ 259         1.5    $ 1,154      $ 995        16.0    $ 1,638      $ 1,423        15.1    $ 8,186      $ 7,675        6.7
  828         793         4.4         2,399        2,443        (1.8      157        184        (14.7      7,008        6,351        10.3   
                                                (18     (22     18.2         (18     (22     18.2   
                                         
  1,091         1,052         3.7         3,553        3,438        3.3         1,777        1,585        12.1         15,176        14,004        8.4   
  856         802         6.7         1,344        1,306        2.9         748        517        44.7         7,562        6,990        8.2   
  30         27         11.1         127        129        (1.6                            208        225        (7.6
                                         
  886         829         6.9         1,471        1,435        2.5         748        517        44.7         7,770        7,215        7.7   
                                         
  205         223         (8.1      2,082        2,003        3.9         1,029        1,068        (3.7      7,406        6,789        9.1   
  6         3         *         548        377        45.4         7        13        (46.2      1,439        1,846        (22.0
                                         
  199         220         (9.5      1,534        1,626        (5.7      1,022        1,055        (3.1      5,967        4,943        20.7   
  72         81         (11.1      558        591        (5.6      54        69        (21.7      1,852        1,483        24.9   
                                         
  127         139         (8.6      976        1,035        (5.7      968        986        (1.8      4,115        3,460        18.9   
                          (30     (29     (3.4      142        87        63.2         112        62        80.6   
                                         
$ 127       $ 139         (8.6    $ 946      $ 1,006        (6.0    $ 1,110      $ 1,073        3.4       $ 4,227      $ 3,522        20.0   
                                         
             
                                  
$ 1,267       $ 1,069         18.5    $ 5,904      $ 5,561        6.2    $ 116      $ 104        11.5    $ 59,790      $ 50,383        18.7
  582         575         1.2                               123        109        12.8         36,389        35,417        2.7   
  379         385         (1.6                            6        10        (40.0      39,328        32,854        19.7   
                          16,675        16,022        4.1                               16,675        16,022        4.1   
  1,513         1,547         (2.2      817        909        (10.1      1        1                47,940        48,154        (.4
                                         
  3,741         3,576         4.6         23,396        22,492        4.0         246        224        9.8         200,122        182,830        9.5   
  12         12                 5        4        25.0         4,947        6,578        (24.8      13,609        16,703        (18.5
                                         
  3,753         3,588         4.6         23,401        22,496        4.0         5,193        6,802        (23.7      213,731        199,533        7.1   
  1,468         1,463         .3         2,349        2,365        (.7                            8,936        8,953        (.2
  172         188         (8.5      717        806        (11.0      4        5        (20.0      2,715        3,192        (14.9
  6,454         6,018         7.2         29,685        27,679        7.2         100,665        94,222        6.8         340,807        314,079        8.5   
  13,899         8,176         70.2         638        684        (6.7      482        300        60.7         65,423        50,558        29.4   
  3,924         2,908         34.9         1,329        174        *         1        1                45,522        42,335        7.5   
  23,163         21,329         8.6         37        29        27.6         136        192        (29.2      75,360        71,395        5.6   
  4,888         5,919         (17.4                            478        205        *         46,673        45,447        2.7   
                                         
  45,874         38,332         19.7         2,004        887        *         1,097        698        57.2         232,978        209,735        11.1   
  2,223         2,078         7.0         5,681        5,272        7.8         11,727        9,539        22.9         37,105        31,699        17.1   

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    31


Total net revenue increased $262 million (14.1 percent) in the third quarter and $845 million (15.6 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $38 million (3.3 percent) in the third quarter and $139 million (4.1 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. The year-over-year increases in net interest income were due to higher average loan and deposit balances, partially offset by lower loan rates and the impact of lower rates on the margin benefit from deposits. Noninterest income increased $224 million (31.7 percent) in the third quarter and $706 million (35.4 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, primarily the result of strong mortgage origination and sales revenue. These increases were partially offset by decreases in ATM processing services revenue as a result of the change in presentation of the surcharge revenue passed through to others.

Noninterest expense increased $81 million (6.8 percent) in the third quarter and $225 million (6.5 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. The increases reflected higher compensation and employee benefits expense, higher mortgage servicing review-related costs and higher net shared services costs, partially offset by lower net occupancy and equipment expense due to the presentation change to ATM surcharge revenue passed through to others, and lower other intangibles expense.

The provision for credit losses increased $16 million (4.8 percent) in the third quarter and decreased $222 million (20.2 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, reflecting incremental bankruptcy-related charge-offs in the third quarter of 2012, changes in the reserve allocation and lower other net charge-offs. As a percentage of average loans outstanding on an annualized basis, net charge-offs decreased to .99 percent in the third quarter of 2012, compared with 1.16 percent in the third quarter of 2011. Nonperforming assets were $1.4 billion at September 30, 2012, $1.3 billion at June 30, 2012, and $1.6 billion at September 30, 2011. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of period-end loans were 1.17 percent at September 30, 2012, 1.12 percent at June 30, 2012, and 1.41 percent at September 30, 2011. Refer to the “Corporate Risk Profile” section for further information on factors impacting the credit quality of the loan portfolios.

Wealth Management and Securities Services  Wealth Management and Securities Services provides private

banking, financial advisory services, investment management, retail brokerage services, insurance, trust, custody and fund servicing through five businesses: Wealth Management, Corporate Trust Services, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Institutional Trust & Custody and Fund Services. Wealth Management and Securities Services contributed $42 million of the Company’s net income in the third quarter and $127 million in the first nine months of 2012, or an increase of $1 million (2.4 percent) and a decrease of $12 million (8.6 percent), respectively, compared with the same periods of 2011. The changes from the prior year were primarily due to higher noninterest income, offset by higher noninterest expense.

Total net revenue increased $26 million (7.6 percent) in the third quarter and $39 million (3.7 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was relatively flat for both the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Noninterest income increased $29 million (11.4 percent) in the third quarter and $35 million (4.4 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, primarily due to the impact of improved market conditions, business expansion and an increase in investment products fees and commissions. Noninterest expense increased $23 million (8.3 percent) in the third quarter and $57 million (6.9 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. The increases in noninterest expense were primarily due to higher compensation and employee benefits expense, partially offset by reductions in acquisition integration costs.

Payment Services  Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, stored-value cards, debit cards, corporate and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit and merchant processing. Payment Services contributed $376 million and $946 million of the Company’s net income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2012, respectively, or an increase of $22 million (6.2 percent) and a decrease of $60 million (6.0 percent), respectively, compared with the same periods of 2011. The changes from the prior year were primarily due to higher total net revenue, offset by increases in the provision for credit losses.

Total net revenue increased $44 million (3.7 percent) in the third quarter and $115 million (3.3 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $47 million

 

 

32    U. S. Bancorp


(14.0 percent) in the third quarter and $159 million (16.0 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, primarily due to higher average loan balances and loan yields, including the credit card balance transfer fees presentation change. Noninterest income decreased $3 million (.4 percent) in the third quarter and $44 million (1.8 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Credit and debit card revenue decreased due to lower debit card interchange fees as a result of recent legislation, net of mitigation efforts, and the impact of the inclusion of credit card balance transfer fees in interest income beginning in the first quarter or 2012. These negative variances were partially offset by higher transaction volumes. The decreases in credit and debit card revenue were partially offset by higher merchant processing services revenue, primarily due to increased transaction volumes, and higher other revenue due to the impact of the gain on the credit card portfolio sale in the third quarter of 2012.

Noninterest expense was essentially flat in the third quarter and increased $36 million (2.5 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. The increase for in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same period of the prior year, was primarily due to higher compensation, employee benefits and net shared services expense. The provision for credit losses increased $10 million (8.0 percent) in the third quarter and $171 million (45.4 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, due to a change in the reserve allocation, partially offset by lower net charge-offs. In addition, the provision for credit losses for the first nine months of 2012 reflected lower reserve releases compared with the same period of the prior year. As a percentage of average loans outstanding, net charge-offs were 3.43 percent in the third quarter of 2012, compared with 3.78 percent in the third quarter of 2011.

Treasury and Corporate Support  Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Company’s investment portfolios, most covered commercial and commercial real estate loans and related other real estate owned, funding, capital management, asset securitization, interest rate risk management, the net effect of transfer pricing

related to average balances and the residual aggregate of those expenses associated with corporate activities that are managed on a consolidated basis. Treasury and Corporate Support recorded net income of $404 million in the third quarter and $1.1 billion in the first nine months of 2012, compared with $353 million and $1.1 billion in the same periods of 2011, respectively.

Total net revenue increased $91 million (16.8 percent) in the third quarter and $192 million (12.1 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011. Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $95 million (18.9 percent) in the third quarter and $215 million (15.1 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, reflecting lower long-term funding rates, as well as the impact of wholesale funding decisions, growth in the investment securities portfolio and the Company’s asset/liability position. Noninterest income decreased $4 million (10.3 percent) in the third quarter of 2012, compared with the third quarter of 2011, principally due to the equity-method investment charge recorded in the third quarter of 2012, partially offset by higher commercial products revenue and a favorable change in net securities gains (losses). Noninterest income decreased $23 million (14.2 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the first nine months of 2011, principally due to the first quarter of 2011 gains related to the acquisition of FCB and the Company’s investment in Visa Inc. and the third quarter of 2012 equity-method investment charge, partially offset by higher commercial products revenue.

Noninterest expense increased $37 million (17.8 percent) in the third quarter and $231 million (44.7 percent) in the first nine months of 2012, compared with the same periods of 2011, principally due to litigation and insurance-related matters, and increased compensation and employee benefits expense, partially offset by lower net shared services expense. In addition, noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2012 increased over the same period of the prior year due to the second quarter Visa accrual.

Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a managerial tax rate of 36.4 percent with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    33


NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators under the FDIC Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions applicable to all banks, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:

   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets,

   

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition,

   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition,

   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III proposals published prior to June 2012, and

   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets approximated using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012.

These measures are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market or economic conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows investors, analysts and banking regulators to assess the Company’s capital position relative to other financial services companies. These measures differ from capital ratios defined by current banking regulations principally in that the numerator excludes trust preferred securities and preferred stock, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These measures are not defined in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or federal banking regulations. As a result, these measures disclosed by the Company may be considered non-GAAP financial measures.

There may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

The following table shows the Company’s calculation of these Non-GAAP financial measures:

 

(Dollars in Millions)   September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Total equity

  $ 39,825      $ 34,971   

Preferred stock

    (4,769     (2,606

Noncontrolling interests

    (1,164     (993

Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)

    (8,194     (8,239

Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights

    (980     (1,217

Tangible common equity (a)

    24,718        21,916   

Tier 1 capital, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements using Basel I definition

    30,766        29,173   

Trust preferred securities

           (2,675

Preferred stock

    (4,769     (2,606

Noncontrolling interests, less preferred stock not eligible for Tier 1 capital

    (685     (687

Tier 1 common equity using Basel I definition (b)

    25,312        23,205   

Tangible common equity (as calculated above)

      21,916   

Adjustments (1)

      450   

Tier 1 common equity using Basel III proposals published prior to June 2012 (c)

      22,366   

Tangible common equity (as calculated above)

    24,718     

Adjustments (2)

    157     

Tier 1 common equity approximated using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012 (d)

    24,875     

Total assets

    352,253        340,122   

Goodwill (net of deferred tax liability)

    (8,194     (8,239

Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights

    (980     (1,217

Tangible assets (e)

    343,079        330,666   

Risk-weighted assets, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements using Basel I definition (f)

    282,033        271,333   

Risk-weighted assets using Basel III proposals published prior to June
2012 (g)

           274,351   

Risk-weighted assets, determined in accordance with prescribed regulatory requirements using Basel I definition

    282,033     

Adjustments (3)

    22,167     

Risk-weighted assets approximated using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012 (h)

    304,200          

Ratios

   

Tangible common equity to tangible
assets (a)/(e)

    7.2     6.6

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition (a)/(f)

    8.8        8.1   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel I definition (b)/(f)

    9.0        8.6   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III proposals published prior to June 2012 (c)/(g)

           8.2   

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets approximated using proposed rules for the Basel III standardized approach released June 2012 (d)/(h)

    8.2          
                 

 

(1) Principally net losses on cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
(2) Includes net losses on cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income, unrealized losses on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity included in accumulated other comprehensive income and disallowed mortgage servicing rights.
(3) Includes higher risk-weighting for residential mortgages, unfunded loan commitments, investment securities and purchased mortgage servicing rights, and other adjustments.
 

 

34    U. S. Bancorp


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. The Company’s financial position and results of operations can be affected by these estimates and assumptions, which are integral to understanding the Company’s financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Those policies considered to be critical accounting policies relate to the allowance for credit losses, fair value estimates, purchased loans and related indemnification assets, MSRs, goodwill and other intangibles and income taxes. Management has discussed the development and the selection of critical accounting policies with the Company’s Audit Committee. These accounting policies are discussed in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Critical Accounting Policies” and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based upon this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there was no change made in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

U. S. Bancorp    35


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(Dollars in Millions)   September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
    (Unaudited)        

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 9,382      $ 13,962   

Investment securities

   

Held-to-maturity (fair value $35,226 and $19,216, respectively; including $1,146 and $155 pledged as collateral, respectively) (a)

    34,509        18,877   

Available-for-sale ($2,217 and $6,831 pledged as collateral, respectively) (a)

    39,636        51,937   

Loans held for sale (included $9,815 and $6,925 of mortgage loans carried at fair value, respectively)

    9,879        7,156   

Loans

   

Commercial

    62,910        56,648   

Commercial real estate

    36,813        35,851   

Residential mortgages

    41,902        37,082   

Credit card

    16,402        17,360   

Other retail

    47,965        48,107   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    205,992        195,048   

Covered loans

    12,158        14,787   

Total loans

    218,150        209,835   

Less allowance for loan losses

    (4,481     (4,753

Net loans

    213,669        205,082   

Premises and equipment

    2,650        2,657   

Goodwill

    8,943        8,927   

Other intangible assets

    2,533        2,736   

Other assets

    31,052        28,788   

Total assets

  $ 352,253      $ 340,122   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   

Deposits

   

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 72,982      $ 68,579   

Interest-bearing

    136,583        134,757   

Time deposits greater than $100,000

    34,667        27,549   

Total deposits

    244,232        230,885   

Short-term borrowings

    27,853        30,468   

Long-term debt

    26,264        31,953   

Other liabilities

    14,079        11,845   

Total liabilities

    312,428        305,151   

Shareholders’ equity

   

Preferred stock

    4,769        2,606   

Common stock, par value $0.01 a share—authorized: 4,000,000,000 shares; issued: 9/30/12 and 12/31/11—2,125,725,742 shares

    21        21   

Capital surplus

    8,186        8,238   

Retained earnings

    33,730        30,785   

Less cost of common stock in treasury: 9/30/12—245,650,205 shares; 12/31/11—215,904,019 shares

    (7,442     (6,472

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (603     (1,200

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

    38,661        33,978   

Noncontrolling interests

    1,164        993   

Total equity

    39,825        34,971   

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 352,253      $ 340,122   
(a) Includes only collateral pledged by the Company where counterparties have the right to sell or pledge the collateral.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

36    U. S. Bancorp


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)

(Unaudited)

  2012     2011      2012     2011  

Interest Income

        

Loans

  $ 2,650      $ 2,621       $ 7,919      $ 7,736   

Loans held for sale

    76        42         208        139   

Investment securities

    438        470         1,376        1,357   

Other interest income

    63        67         184        187   

Total interest income

    3,227        3,200         9,687        9,419   

Interest Expense

        

Deposits

    172        202         530        646   

Short-term borrowings

    103        143         353        407   

Long-term debt

    226        289         786        860   

Total interest expense

    501        634         1,669        1,913   

Net interest income

    2,726        2,566         8,018        7,506   

Provision for credit losses

    488        519         1,439        1,846   

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    2,238        2,047         6,579        5,660   

Noninterest Income

        

Credit and debit card revenue

    213        289         650        842   

Corporate payment products revenue

    201        203         566        563   

Merchant processing services

    345        338         1,041        977   

ATM processing services

    87        115         263        341   

Trust and investment management fees

    265        241         779        755   

Deposit service charges

    174        183         483        488   

Treasury management fees

    135        137         411        418   

Commercial products revenue

    225        212         652        621   

Mortgage banking revenue

    519        245         1,461        683   

Investment products fees and commissions

    38        31         111        98   

Securities gains (losses), net

        

Realized gains (losses), net

    16                46        2   

Total other-than-temporary impairment

    (13     (11      (61     (41

Portion of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income

    (2     2         (3     17   

Total securities gains (losses), net

    1        (9      (18     (22

Other

    193        186         591        565   

Total noninterest income

    2,396        2,171         6,990        6,329   

Noninterest Expense

        

Compensation

    1,109        1,021         3,237        2,984   

Employee benefits

    225        203         714        643   

Net occupancy and equipment

    233        252         683        750   

Professional services

    144        100         364        252   

Marketing and business development

    96        102         285        257   

Technology and communications

    205        189         607        563   

Postage, printing and supplies

    75        76         226        226   

Other intangibles

    67        75         208        225   

Other

    455        458         1,446        1,315   

Total noninterest expense

    2,609        2,476         7,770        7,215   

Income before income taxes

    2,025        1,742         5,799        4,774   

Applicable income taxes

    593        490         1,684        1,314   

Net income

    1,432        1,252         4,115        3,460   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    42        21         112        62   

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

  $ 1,474      $ 1,273       $ 4,227      $ 3,522   

Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders

  $ 1,404      $ 1,237       $ 4,034      $ 3,407   

Earnings per common share

  $ .74      $ .65       $ 2.13      $ 1.78   

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ .74      $ .64       $ 2.12      $ 1.77   

Dividends declared per common share

  $ .195      $ .125       $ .585      $ .375   

Average common shares outstanding

    1,886        1,915         1,892        1,918   

Average diluted common shares outstanding

    1,897        1,922         1,901        1,926   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

U. S. Bancorp    37


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in Millions)

(Unaudited)

  2012     2011      2012     2011  

Net income

  $ 1,432      $ 1,252       $ 4,115      $ 3,460   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

          

Changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale

    300        181         738        958   

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities available-for-sale

    2        (2      3        (17

Amortization of unrealized gains on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity

    (21             (28       

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative hedges

    (30     (196      (68     (323

Foreign currency translation

    26        1         34        (16

Reclassification to earnings of realized gains and losses

    90        92         288        270   

Income taxes related to other comprehensive income

    (140     (29      (370     (333

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    227        47         597        539   

Comprehensive income

    1,659        1,299         4,712        3,999   

Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    42        21         112        62   

Comprehensive income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

  $ 1,701      $ 1,320       $ 4,824      $ 4,061   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

38    U. S. Bancorp


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

 

    U.S. Bancorp Shareholders              

(Dollars and Shares in Millions)

(Unaudited)

  Common Shares
Outstanding
    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
U.S. Bancorp
Shareholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance December 31, 2010

    1,921      $ 1,930      $ 21      $ 8,294      $ 27,005      $ (6,262   $ (1,469   $ 29,519      $ 803      $ 30,322   

Change in accounting principle

            (2         (2       (2

Net income (loss)

            3,522            3,522        (62     3,460   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                539        539          539   

Preferred stock dividends

            (99         (99       (99

Common stock dividends

            (722         (722       (722

Issuance of preferred stock

      676                  676          676   

Issuance of common and treasury stock

    8            (121       252          131          131   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (16             (409       (409       (409

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                         (57     (57

Net other changes in noncontrolling interests

                         296        296   

Stock option and restricted stock grants

                            75                                75                75   

Balance September 30, 2011

    1,913      $ 2,606      $ 21      $ 8,248      $ 29,704      $ (6,419   $ (930   $ 33,230      $ 980      $ 34,210   

Balance December 31, 2011

    1,910      $ 2,606      $ 21      $ 8,238      $ 30,785      $ (6,472   $ (1,200   $ 33,978      $ 993      $ 34,971   

Net income (loss)

            4,227            4,227        (112     4,115   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                597        597          597   

Preferred stock dividends

            (174         (174       (174

Common stock dividends

            (1,108         (1,108       (1,108

Issuance of preferred stock

      2,163                  2,163          2,163   

Issuance of common and treasury stock

    16            (111       495          384          384   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (46             (1,465       (1,465       (1,465

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                         (60     (60

Net other changes in noncontrolling interests

                         343        343   

Stock option and restricted stock grants

                            59                                59                59   

Balance September 30, 2012

    1,880      $ 4,769      $ 21      $ 8,186      $ 33,730      $ (7,442   $ (603   $ 38,661      $ 1,164      $ 39,825   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

U. S. Bancorp    39


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

(Dollars in Millions)

(Unaudited)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2012     2011  

Operating Activities

    

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

   $ 4,227      $ 3,522   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Provision for credit losses

     1,439        1,846   

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     212        196   

Amortization of intangibles

     208        225   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     29        250   

(Gain) loss on sale of loans held for sale

     (1,982     (469

(Gain) loss on sale of securities and other assets

     (198     (13

Loans originated for sale in the secondary market, net of repayments

     (60,331     (29,840

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     59,052        33,091   

Other, net

     1,219        (53

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,875        8,755   

Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities

     1,753        926   

Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities

     4,005        714   

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale investment securities

     11,664        7,872   

Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities

     (8,003     (15,192

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities

     (12,065     (8,399

Net increase in loans outstanding

     (9,518     (8,458

Proceeds from sales of loans

     1,614        454   

Purchases of loans

     (2,139     (1,750

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     94        650   

Other, net

     (668     (1,006

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,263     (24,189

Financing Activities

    

Net increase in deposits

     13,099        16,593   

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

     (2,616     (644

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     4,553        2,002   

Principal payments or redemption of long-term debt

     (10,271     (3,048

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     2,163        676   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     342        125   

Repurchase of common stock

     (1,343     (383

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

     (139     (88

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (980     (578

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,808        14,655   

Change in cash and due from banks

     (4,580     (779

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     13,962        14,487   

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 9,382      $ 13,708   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

40    U. S. Bancorp


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1

  Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and, therefore, do not include all information and notes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flow activity required in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of management of U.S. Bancorp (the “Company”), all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of results for the interim periods have been made. These financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Accounting policies for the lines of business are generally the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. Table 10 “Line of Business Financial Performance” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis provides details of segment results. This information is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

U. S. Bancorp    41


Note 2

  Investment Securities

The amortized cost, other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities were as follows:

 

    September 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  
                Unrealized Losses                       Unrealized Losses        
(Dollars in Millions)   Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gains
    Other-than-
Temporary (e)
    Other (f)     Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Unrealized
Gains
    Other-than-
Temporary (e)
    Other (f)     Fair
Value
 

Held-to-maturity (a)

                     

U.S. Treasury and agencies

  $ 2,557      $ 26      $      $      $ 2,583      $ 2,560      $ 35      $      $      $ 2,595   

Mortgage-backed securities

                     

Residential

                     

Agency

    31,773        700               (3     32,470        16,085        333               (3     16,415   

Non-agency non-prime (d)

    1                             1        2                             2   

Commercial non-agency

    3                             3        4                      (2     2   

Asset-backed securities

                     

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    9        16                      25        52        13               (2     63   

Other

    19        2        (4     (2     15        23        1        (6     (1     17   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

    21        1                      22        23        1               (1     23   

Obligations of foreign governments

    7                             7        7                             7   

Other debt securities

    119                      (19     100        121                      (29     92   
                                                                               

Total held-to-maturity

  $ 34,509      $ 745      $ (4   $ (24   $ 35,226      $ 18,877      $ 383      $ (6   $ (38   $ 19,216   
                                                                                 

Available-for-sale (b)

                     

U.S. Treasury and agencies

  $ 728      $ 15      $      $      $ 743      $ 1,045      $ 13      $      $ (1   $ 1,057   

Mortgage-backed securities

                     

Residential

                     

Agency

    28,494        874               (6     29,362        39,337        981               (4     40,314   

Non-agency

                     

Prime (c)

    679               (38     (10     631        911        5        (63     (50     803   

Non-prime (d)

    388        1        (48     (1     340        1,047        9        (247     (7     802   

Commercial

                     

Agency

    193        9                      202        133        7                      140   

Non-agency

                                       42        2               (2     42   

Asset-backed securities

                     

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    33        9                      42        180        31        (3     (2     206   

Other

    585        14               (1     598        694        16        (5     (24     681   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

    6,085        372                      6,457        6,394        167               (22     6,539   

Obligations of foreign governments

    6                             6        6                             6   

Corporate debt securities

    813        2               (106     709        1,000        1               (174     827   

Perpetual preferred securities

    268        29               (19     278        379        25               (86     318   

Other investments

    248        20                      268        188        15               (1     202   

Total available-for-sale

  $ 38,520      $ 1,345      $ (86   $ (143   $ 39,636      $ 51,356      $ 1,272      $ (318   $ (373   $ 51,937   
                                                                                 

 

(a) Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at historical cost or at fair value at the time of transfer from the available-for-sale to held-to-maturity category, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts and credit-related other-than-temporary impairment.
(b) Available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.
(c) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads). When the Company determines the designation, prime securities typically have a weighted average credit score of 725 or higher and a loan-to-value of 80 percent or lower; however, other pool characteristics may result in designations that deviate from these credit score and loan-to-value thresholds.
(d) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.
(e) Represents impairment not related to credit for those investment securities that have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.
(f) Represents unrealized losses on investment securities that have not been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company transferred $11.7 billion of available-for-sale agency mortgage-backed investment securities to the held-to-maturity category, reflecting the Company’s intent to hold those securities to maturity.

The weighted-average maturity of the available-for-sale investment securities was 4.0 years at September 30, 2012, compared with 5.2 years at December 31, 2011. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 3.04 percent and 3.19 percent, respectively. The weighted-average maturity of the held-to-maturity investment securities was 3.1 years at September 30, 2012, and 3.9 years at December 31, 2011. The corresponding weighted-average yields were 2.06 percent and 2.21 percent, respectively.

For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities outstanding at September 30, 2012, refer to Table 4 included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investment securities with a fair value of $16.5 billion at September 30, 2012, and $20.7 billion at December 31, 2011, were pledged to secure public, private and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes required by contractual obligation or law. Included in these amounts were securities where the Company and certain counterparties have agreements granting the counterparties the right to sell or pledge the securities. Investment securities delivered under these types of arrangements had a fair value of $3.4 billion at September 30, 2012, and $7.0 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

42    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides information about the amount of interest income from taxable and non-taxable investment securities:

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
(Dollars in Millions)   2012      2011      2012      2011  

Taxable

  $ 369       $ 394       $ 1,166       $ 1,127   

Non-taxable

    69         76         210         230   

Total interest income from investment securities

  $ 438       $ 470       $ 1,376       $ 1,357   

The following table provides information about the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
(Dollars in Millions)   2012      2011      2012      2011  

Realized gains

  $ 115       $ 4       $ 145       $ 6   

Realized losses

    (99      (4      (99      (4

Net realized gains (losses)

  $ 16       $       $ 46       $ 2   

Income tax (benefit) on net realized gains (losses)

  $ 7       $       $ 18       $ 1   

In 2007, the Company purchased certain structured investment securities (“SIVs”) from certain money market funds managed by an affiliate of the Company. Subsequent to the initial purchase, the Company exchanged its interest in the SIVs for a pro-rata portion of the underlying investment securities according to the applicable restructuring agreements. The SIVs and the investment securities received are collectively referred to as “SIV-related securities”. During the third quarter of 2012, the Company sold essentially all of the SIV-related securities.

Some of the SIV-related securities evidenced credit deterioration at the time of acquisition by the Company. All investment securities with evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition have been subsequently sold by the Company as of September 30, 2012. Changes in the accretable balance for these investment securities were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011      2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 93      $ 117       $ 100      $ 139   

Accretion

     (3     (4      (11     (13

Disposals

     (90             (90       

Other (a)

            (6      1        (19

Balance at end of period

   $      $ 107       $      $ 107   

 

(a) Primarily represents changes in projected future cash flows related to variable rates on certain investment securities.

The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities with unrealized losses to determine whether investment securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the investment securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying collateral, market conditions and whether the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investment securities.

The following tables summarize other-than-temporary impairment by investment category:

 

     2012      2011  

Three Months Ended September 30

(Dollars in Millions)

         Losses
Recorded in
Earnings
     Other Gains
(Losses) (c)
     Total      Losses
Recorded in
Earnings
     Other Gains
(Losses) (c)
     Total  

Available-for-sale

                     

Mortgage-backed securities

                     

Non-agency residential

                     

Prime (a)

     $ (5    $ (3    $ (8    $       $       $   

Non-prime (b)

       (10      5         (5      (6      (4      (10

Other asset-backed securities

                                 (3      2         (1

Total available-for-sale

     $ (15    $ 2       $ (13    $ (9    $ (2    $ (11
                                                           

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.
(c) Losses represent the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for investment securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during the period. Gains represent recoveries in the fair value of securities that have or previously had non-credit other-than-temporary impairment.

 

U. S. Bancorp    43


     2012      2011  

Nine Months Ended September 30

(Dollars in Millions)

   Losses
Recorded in
Earnings
    Other Gains
(Losses) (c)
    Total      Losses
Recorded in
Earnings
    Other Gains
(Losses) (c)
    Total  

Available-for-sale

               

Mortgage-backed securities

               

Non-agency residential

               

Prime (a)

   $ (8   $ (12   $ (20    $ (2   $ (3   $ (5

Non-prime (b)

     (27     15        (12      (18     (16     (34

Commercial non-agency

     (1     (1     (2                      

Other asset-backed securities

     (1     1                (4     2        (2

Perpetual preferred securities

     (27            (27                      

Total available-for-sale

   $ (64   $ 3      $ (61    $ (24   $ (17   $ (41
                                                   

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.
(c) Losses represent the non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for investment securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during the period. Gains represent recoveries in the fair value of securities that have or previously had non-credit other-than-temporary impairment.

The Company determined the other-than-temporary impairment recorded in earnings for debt securities not intended to be sold by estimating the future cash flows of each individual investment security, using market information where available, and discounting the cash flows at the original effective rate of the investment security. Other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) was measured as the difference between that discounted amount and the fair value of each investment security. For perpetual preferred securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company recorded a loss in earnings for the entire difference between the securities’ fair value and their amortized cost.

The following table includes the ranges for principal assumptions used for those available-for-sale non-agency mortgage-backed securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired:

 

     Prime (a)      Non-Prime (b)  
       Minimum     Maximum     Average      Minimum     Maximum     Average  

September 30, 2012

               

Estimated lifetime prepayment rates

     7     18     14      3     10     6

Lifetime probability of default rates

     2        4        3         2        10        6   

Lifetime loss severity rates

     25        50        40         20        60        51   

December 31, 2011

               

Estimated lifetime prepayment rates

     4     15     14      2     11     6

Lifetime probability of default rates

     2        9        3         1        20        5   

Lifetime loss severity rates

     40        50        46         8        70        52   
                                                   

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

Changes in the credit losses on debt securities (excludes perpetual preferred securities) are summarized as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
(Dollars in Millions)           2012             2011                            2012                            2011  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 277      $ 319      $ 298      $ 358   

Additions to credit losses due to other-than-temporary impairments

         

Credit losses on securities not previously considered other-than-temporarily impaired

    2        1        5        3   

Decreases in expected cash flows on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

    13        8        32        21   
                               

Total other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities

    15        9        37        24   

Other changes in credit losses

         

Increases in expected cash flows

           (3     (14     (20

Realized losses (a)

    (4     (19     (33     (55

Credit losses on security sales and securities expected to be sold

    (142            (142     (1
                               

Balance at end of period

  $ 146      $ 306      $ 146      $ 306   
                                 

 

(a) Primarily represents principal losses allocated to mortgage and asset-backed securities in the Company’s portfolio under the terms of the securitization transaction documents.

 

44    U. S. Bancorp


At September 30, 2012, certain investment securities had a fair value below amortized cost. The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investment securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual investment securities have been in continuous unrealized loss positions, at September 30, 2012:

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or Greater      Total  
(Dollars in Millions)    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Held-to-maturity

                     

Mortgage-backed securities

                     

Residential

                     

Agency

   $ 1,563       $ (3    $ 7       $       $ 1,570       $ (3

Non-agency non-prime (a)(c)

                     1                 1           

Commercial non-agency

                     3                 3           

Other asset-backed securities

     1                 11         (6      12         (6

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

                     5                 5           

Other debt securities

                     99         (19      99         (19
                                                     

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 1,564       $ (3    $ 126       $ (25    $ 1,690       $ (28
                                                     

Available-for-sale

                     

U.S. Treasury and agencies

   $ 10       $       $       $       $ 10       $   

Mortgage-backed securities

                     

Residential

                 

Agency

     3,005         (6      153                 3,158         (6

Non-agency (a)

                     

Prime (b)

                     625         (48      625         (48

Non-prime (c)

                     311         (49      311         (49

Other asset-backed securities

                     2         (1      2         (1

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     89                 4                 93           

Obligations of foreign governments

     6                                 6           

Corporate debt securities

                     624         (106      624         (106

Perpetual preferred securities

     22                 140         (19      162         (19

Other investments

                     3                 3           
                                                     

Total available-for-sale

   $ 3,132       $ (6    $ 1,862       $ (223    $ 4,994       $ (229
                                                       

 

(a) The Company has $97 million of unrealized losses on residential non-agency mortgage-backed securities. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairment on these securities may occur if there is further deterioration in the underlying collateral pool performance. Borrower defaults may increase if current economic conditions persist or worsen. Additionally, further deterioration in home prices may increase the severity of projected losses.
(b) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(c) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses primarily relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads subsequent to purchase. A substantial portion of investment securities that have unrealized losses are either corporate debt or mortgage-backed securities issued with high investment grade credit ratings. In general, the issuers of the investment securities are contractually prohibited from prepayment at less than par, and the Company did not pay significant purchase premiums for these investment securities. At September 30, 2012, the Company had no plans to sell investment securities with unrealized losses, and believes it is more likely than not it would not be required to sell such investment securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

 

U. S. Bancorp    45


Note 3

  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

The composition of the loan portfolio, disaggregated by class and underlying specific portfolio type, was as follows:

 

    September 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)   Amount      Percent
of Total
    Amount      Percent
of Total
 

Commercial

           

Commercial

  $ 57,415         26.3   $ 50,734         24.2

Lease financing

    5,495         2.5        5,914         2.8   

Total commercial

    62,910         28.8        56,648         27.0   

Commercial real estate

           

Commercial mortgages

    30,831         14.1        29,664         14.1   

Construction and development

    5,982         2.8        6,187         3.0   

Total commercial real estate

    36,813         16.9        35,851         17.1   

Residential mortgages

           

Residential mortgages

    31,504         14.4        28,669         13.7   

Home equity loans, first liens

    10,398         4.8        8,413         4.0   

Total residential mortgages

    41,902         19.2        37,082         17.7   

Credit card

    16,402         7.5        17,360         8.3   

Other retail

           

Retail leasing

    5,332         2.4        5,118         2.4   

Home equity and second mortgages

    17,119         7.9        18,131         8.6   

Revolving credit

    3,320         1.5        3,344         1.6   

Installment

    5,474         2.5        5,348         2.6   

Automobile

    12,431         5.7        11,508         5.5   

Student

    4,289         2.0        4,658         2.2   

Total other retail

    47,965         22.0        48,107         22.9   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    205,992         94.4        195,048         93.0   

Covered loans

    12,158         5.6        14,787         7.0   

Total loans

  $ 218,150         100.0   $ 209,835         100.0
                                   

The Company had loans of $73.2 billion at September 30, 2012, and $67.0 billion at December 31, 2011, pledged at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), and loans of $47.2 billion at September 30, 2012, and $47.2 billion at December 31, 2011, pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank.

Originated loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned interest and deferred fees and costs. Net unearned interest and deferred fees and costs amounted to $.8 billion at September 30, 2012, and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011. All purchased loans and related indemnification assets are recorded at fair value at the date of purchase. The Company evaluates purchased loans for impairment at the date of purchase in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Purchased loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered “purchased impaired loans.” All other purchased loans are considered “purchased nonimpaired loans.”

On the acquisition date, the estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all purchased impaired loans acquired in the first quarter 2012 acquisition of BankEast, a subsidiary of BankEast Corporation, from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) was $63 million, the cash flows expected to be collected was $41 million including interest, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $28 million. These amounts were determined based upon the estimated remaining life of the underlying loans, which includes the effects of estimated prepayments. For the purchased nonimpaired loans acquired in the BankEast transaction, the estimate as of the acquisition date of the contractually required payments receivable was $135 million, the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was $22 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $96 million. The BankEast transaction did not include a loss sharing agreement.

 

46    U. S. Bancorp


Changes in the accretable balance for all purchased impaired loans, including those acquired in the BankEast transaction, were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011      2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 2,431      $ 3,015       $ 2,619      $ 2,890   

Purchases

                    13        100   

Accretion

     (109     (110      (337     (337

Disposals

     (37     (43      (135     (47

Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference (a)

     58        (170      191        117   

Other

     (14     (7      (22     (38
                                 

Balance at end of period

   $ 2,329      $ 2,685       $ 2,329      $ 2,685   
                                   

 

(a) Primarily relates to changes in expected credit performance.

Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses reserves for probable and estimable losses incurred in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and includes certain amounts that do not represent loss exposure to the Company because those losses are recoverable under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The allowance for credit losses is increased through provisions charged to operating earnings and reduced by net charge-offs. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to ensure it appropriately reserves for incurred losses.

The allowance recorded for loans in the commercial lending segment is based on reviews of individual credit relationships and considers the migration analysis of commercial lending segment loans and actual loss experience. The Company currently uses an 11-year period of historical losses in considering actual loss experience. This timeframe and the results of the analysis are evaluated quarterly to determine the appropriateness. The allowance recorded for impaired loans greater than $5 million in the commercial lending segment is based on an individual loan analysis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate, the observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans. The allowance recorded for all other commercial lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers the impacts of any loan modifications made to commercial lending segment loans and any subsequent payment defaults to its expectations of cash flows, principal balance, and current expectations about the borrower’s ability to pay in determining the allowance for credit losses.

The allowance recorded for purchased impaired and Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) loans in the consumer lending segment is determined on a homogenous pool basis utilizing expected cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the pool. The allowance for collateral-dependent loans in the consumer lending segment is determined based on the fair value of the collateral. The allowance recorded for all other consumer lending segment loans is determined on a homogenous pool basis and includes consideration of product mix, risk characteristics of the portfolio, bankruptcy experience, delinquency status and historical losses, adjusted for current trends. The Company also considers any modifications made to consumer lending segment loans including the impacts of any subsequent payment defaults since modification in determining the allowance for credit losses, such as borrower’s ability to pay under the restructured terms, and the timing and amount of payments.

Covered assets represent loans and other assets acquired from the FDIC, subject to loss sharing agreements, and include expected reimbursements from the FDIC. The allowance for covered segment loans is evaluated each quarter in a manner similar to that described for non-covered loans and represents any decreases in expected cash flows of those loans after the acquisition date. The provision for credit losses for covered segment loans considers the indemnification provided by the FDIC.

In addition, subsequent payment defaults on loan modifications considered TDRs are considered in the underlying factors used in the determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. For each loan segment, the Company estimates future loan charge-offs through a variety of analysis, trends and underlying assumptions. With respect to the commercial lending segment, TDRs may be collectively evaluated for impairment where observed performance history, including defaults, is a primary driver of the loss allocation. For commercial TDRs individually evaluated for impairment, attributes of the borrower are the primary factors in determining the allowance for credit losses. However, incorporation of loss history is factored into the allowance methodology applied to this category of loans. With respect to the consumer lending segment, performance of the portfolio, including defaults on TDRs, is considered when estimating future cash flows.

 

U. S. Bancorp    47


The Company’s methodology for determining the appropriate allowance for credit losses for all the loan segments also considers the imprecision inherent in the methodologies used. As a result, in addition to the amounts determined under the methodologies described above, management also considers the potential impact of other qualitative factors which include, but are not limited to, economic factors; geographic and other concentration risks; delinquency and nonaccrual trends; current business conditions; changes in lending policy, underwriting standards, internal review and other relevant business practices; and the regulatory environment. The consideration of these items results in adjustments to allowance amounts included in the Company’s allowance for credit losses for each of the above loan segments.

The Company also assesses the credit risk associated with off-balance sheet loan commitments, letters of credit, and derivatives. Credit risk associated with derivatives is reflected in the fair values recorded for those positions. The liability for off-balance sheet credit exposure related to loan commitments and other credit guarantees is included in other liabilities. Because business processes and credit risks associated with unfunded credit commitments are essentially the same as for loans, the Company utilizes similar processes to estimate its liability for unfunded credit commitments.

Activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

 

Three Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in Millions)
   Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgages
    Credit
Card
    Other
Retail
    Total Loans,
Excluding
Covered
Loans
    Covered
Loans
    Total
Loans
 

2012

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,037      $ 941      $ 939      $ 996      $ 828      $ 4,741      $ 123      $ 4,864   

Add

                

Provision for credit losses

     63        (22     143        119        185        488               488   

Deduct

                

Loans charged off

     90        47        127        186        187        637        2        639   

Less recoveries of loans charged off

     (24     (22     (6     (19     (30     (101            (101
                                                                

Net loans charged off

     66        25        121        167        157        536        2        538   

Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

                                               (10     (10

Other changes

                          (33            (33            (33
                                                                

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,034      $ 894      $ 961      $ 915      $ 856      $ 4,660      $ 111      $ 4,771   
                                                                

2011

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,109      $ 1,258      $ 841      $ 1,140      $ 843      $ 5,191      $ 117      $ 5,308   

Add

                

Provision for credit losses

     15        88        168        106        131        508        11        519   

Deduct

                

Loans charged off

     126        131        124        203        175        759        3        762   

Less recoveries of loans charged off

     (27     (6     (2     (25     (33     (93            (93
                                                                

Net loans charged off

     99        125        122        178        142        666        3        669   

Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

                                               32        32   
                                                                

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,025      $ 1,221      $ 887      $ 1,068      $ 832      $ 5,033      $ 157      $ 5,190   
                                                                  
Nine Months Ended September 30
(Dollars in Millions)
   Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential
Mortgages
    Credit
Card
    Other
Retail
    Total Loans,
Excluding
Covered
Loans
    Covered
Loans
    Total
Loans
 

2012

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,010      $ 1,154      $ 927      $ 992      $ 831      $ 4,914      $ 100      $ 5,014   

Add

                

Provision for credit losses

     247        (111     376        462        431        1,405        34        1,439   

Deduct

                

Loans charged off

     296        206        357        585        503        1,947        4        1,951   

Less recoveries of loans charged off

     (73     (57     (15     (79     (97     (321     (1     (322
                                                                

Net loans charged off

     223        149        342        506        406        1,626        3        1,629   

Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

                                               (20     (20

Other change

                          (33            (33            (33
                                                                

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,034      $ 894      $ 961      $ 915      $ 856      $ 4,660      $ 111      $ 4,771   
                                                                

2011

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,104      $ 1,291      $ 820      $ 1,395      $ 807      $ 5,417      $ 114      $ 5,531   

Add

                

Provision for credit losses

     255        344        437        314        477        1,827        19        1,846   

Deduct

                

Loans charged off

     412        446        380        712        551        2,501        10        2,511   

Less recoveries of loans charged off

     (78     (32     (10     (71     (99     (290            (290
                                                                

Net loans charged off

     334        414        370        641        452        2,211        10        2,221   

Net change for credit losses to be reimbursed by the FDIC

                                               34        34   
                                                                

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,025      $ 1,221      $ 887      $ 1,068      $ 832      $ 5,033      $ 157      $ 5,190   
                                                                  

 

48    U. S. Bancorp


Additional detail of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio class was as follows:

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Commercial      Commercial
Real Estate
     Residential
Mortgages
     Credit
Card
     Other
Retail
     Total Loans,
Excluding
Covered
Loans
     Covered
Loans
     Total
Loans
 

Allowance balance at September 30, 2012 related to

                       

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 6       $ 33       $       $       $       $ 39       $       $ 39   

TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment

     31         28         464         167         59         749         1         750   

Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     997         828         497         748         797         3,867         21         3,888   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

             5                                 5         89         94   
                                                                       

Total allowance for credit losses

   $ 1,034       $ 894       $ 961       $ 915       $ 856       $ 4,660       $ 111       $ 4,771   
                                                                       

Allowance balance at December 31, 2011 related to

                       

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 16       $ 61       $ 1       $       $       $ 78       $ 2       $ 80   

TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment

     40         33         490         219         57         839                 839   

Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     954         1,057         436         773         774         3,994         22         4,016   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

             3                                 3         76         79   
                                                                       

Total allowance for credit losses

   $ 1,010       $ 1,154       $ 927       $ 992       $ 831       $ 4,914       $ 100       $ 5,014   
                                                                         

 

(a) Represents the allowance for credit losses related to loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.

Additional detail of loan balances by portfolio class was as follows:

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Commercial      Commercial
Real Estate
     Residential
Mortgages
     Credit
Card
     Other
Retail
    Total Loans,
Excluding
Covered
Loans
    Covered
Loans (b)
    Total
Loans
 

September 30, 2012

                    

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 132       $ 612       $       $       $      $ 744      $ 73      $ 817   

TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment

     179         383         4,033         462         269        5,326        137        5,463   

Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     62,594         35,699         37,863         15,940         47,696        199,792        6,564        206,356   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     5         119         6                        130        5,384        5,514   
                                                                    

Total loans

   $ 62,910       $ 36,813       $ 41,902       $ 16,402       $ 47,965      $ 205,992      $ 12,158      $ 218,150   
                                                                    

December 31, 2011

                    

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 222       $ 812       $ 6       $       $      $ 1,040      $ 204      $ 1,244   

TDRs collectively evaluated for impairment

     277         331         3,430         584         148        4,770        113        4,883   

Other loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     56,138         34,574         33,642         16,776         47,959        189,089        8,616        197,705   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     11         134         4                        149        5,854        6,003   
                                                                    

Total loans

   $ 56,648       $ 35,851       $ 37,082       $ 17,360       $ 48,107      $ 195,048      $ 14,787      $ 209,835   
                                                                      

 

(a) Represents loans greater than $5 million classified as nonperforming or TDRs.
(b) Includes expected reimbursements from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.

Credit Quality The quality of the Company’s loan portfolios is assessed as a function of net credit losses, levels of nonperforming assets and delinquencies, and credit quality ratings as defined by the Company.

For all loan classes, loans are considered past due based on the number of days delinquent except for monthly amortizing loans which are classified delinquent based upon the number of contractually required payments not made (for example, two missed payments is considered 30 days delinquent).

Commercial lending segment loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and interest has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Commercial lending segment loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, when the loan is considered uncollectible.

Consumer lending segment loans are generally charged-off at a specific number of days or payments past due. Residential mortgages and other retail loans secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to the fair market value of the collateral securing the loan, less costs to sell, at 180 days past due, and placed on nonaccrual status in instances where a partial charge-off occurs unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and lines in a junior lien position secured by 1-4 family properties are placed on nonaccrual status at 120 days past due or when behind a first lien that has become 180 days or greater past due or placed on nonaccrual status. Any secured consumer lending segment loan whose borrower has had debt discharged through bankruptcy, for which the loan amount exceeds the fair value of the collateral, is charged down to the fair value of the related collateral and the remaining balance is placed on nonaccrual status. Credit card loans continue to accrue interest until the account is charged off. Credit cards are charged off at 180 days past due. Other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged-off at 120 days past due; and revolving consumer lines are charged off at 180 days past due. Similar to credit cards, other retail loans are generally not placed on nonaccrual status because of the relative short period of time to charge-off. Certain retail customers having financial difficulties may have the terms of their credit card and other loan agreements modified to require only principal payments and, as such, are reported as nonaccrual.

 

U. S. Bancorp    49


For all loan classes, interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally recorded as a reduction to the loan carrying amount. Interest payments are generally recorded as reductions to a loan’s carrying amount while a loan is on nonaccrual and are recognized as interest income upon payoff of the loan. Interest income may be recognized for interest payments if the remaining carrying amount of the loan is believed to be collectible. In certain circumstances, loans in any class may be restored to accrual status, such as when none of the principal and interest is past due and prospects for future payment are no longer in doubt; or the loan becomes well secured and is in the process of collection. Loans where there has been a partial charge-off may be returned to accrual status if all principal and interest (including amounts previously charged-off) is expected to be collected and the loan is current.

Covered loans not considered to be purchased impaired are evaluated for delinquency, nonaccrual status and charge-off consistent with the class of loan they would be included in had the loss share coverage not been in place. Generally, purchased impaired loans are considered accruing loans. However, the timing and amount of future cash flows for some loans is not reasonably estimable. Those loans are classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income is not recognized until the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.

The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class, including the delinquency status of those that continue to accrue interest, and those that are nonperforming:

 

    Accruing                
(Dollars in Millions)   Current      30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past Due
     Nonperforming      Total  

September 30, 2012

             

Commercial

  $ 62,502       $ 216       $ 40       $ 152       $ 62,910   

Commercial real estate

    36,105         65         12         631         36,813   

Residential mortgages (a)

    40,451         393         301         757         41,902   

Credit card

    15,815         230         194         163         16,402   

Other retail

    47,358         300         97         210         47,965   
                                           

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    202,231         1,204         644         1,913         205,992   

Covered loans

    10,758         269         682         449         12,158   
                                           

Total loans

  $ 212,989       $ 1,473       $ 1,326       $ 2,362       $ 218,150   
                                           

December 31, 2011

             

Commercial

  $ 55,991       $ 300       $ 45       $ 312       $ 56,648   

Commercial real estate

    34,800         138         14         899         35,851   

Residential mortgages (a)

    35,664         404         364         650         37,082   

Credit card

    16,662         238         236         224         17,360   

Other retail

    47,516         340         184         67         48,107   
                                           

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    190,633         1,420         843         2,152         195,048   

Covered loans

    12,589         362         910         926         14,787   
                                           

Total loans

  $ 203,222       $ 1,782       $ 1,753       $ 3,078       $ 209,835   
                                             

 

(a) At September 30, 2012, $462 million of loans 30 – 89 days past due and $3.0 billion of loans 90 days or more past due purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs, were classified as current, compared with $545 million and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2011, respectively.

The Company classifies its loan portfolios using internal credit quality ratings on a quarterly basis. These ratings include: pass, special mention and classified, and are an important part of the Company’s overall credit risk management process and evaluation of the allowance for credit losses. Loans with a pass rating represent those not classified on the Company’s rating scale for problem credits, as minimal credit risk has been identified. Special mention loans are those that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention. Classified loans are those where a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk. It is possible that others, given the same information, may reach different reasonable conclusions regarding the credit quality rating classification of specific loans.

 

50    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides a summary of loans by portfolio class and the Company’s internal credit quality rating:

 

           Criticized         
(Dollars in Millions)   Pass      Special
Mention
     Classified (a)      Total
Criticized
     Total  

September 30, 2012

             

Commercial

  $ 60,403       $ 1,265       $ 1,242       $ 2,507       $ 62,910   

Commercial real estate

    33,326         785         2,702         3,487         36,813   

Residential mortgages (b)

    40,666         24         1,212         1,236         41,902   

Credit card

    16,046                 356         356         16,402   

Other retail

    47,522         43         400         443         47,965   
                                           

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    197,963         2,117         5,912         8,029         205,992   

Covered loans

    11,544         96         518         614         12,158   
                                           

Total loans

  $ 209,507       $ 2,213       $ 6,430       $ 8,643       $ 218,150   
                                           

Total outstanding commitments

  $ 431,162       $ 3,725       $ 7,276       $ 11,001       $ 442,163   
                                           

December 31, 2011

             

Commercial

  $ 54,003       $ 1,047       $ 1,598       $ 2,645       $ 56,648   

Commercial real estate

    30,733         793         4,325         5,118         35,851   

Residential mortgages (b)

    35,814         19         1,249         1,268         37,082   

Credit card

    16,910                 450         450         17,360   

Other retail

    47,665         24         418         442         48,107   
                                           

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    185,125         1,883         8,040         9,923         195,048   

Covered loans

    13,966         187         634         821         14,787   
                                           

Total loans

  $ 199,091       $ 2,070       $ 8,674       $ 10,744       $ 209,835   
                                           

Total outstanding commitments

  $ 410,457       $ 3,418       $ 9,690       $ 13,108       $ 423,565   
                                             

 

(a) Classified rating on consumer loans primarily based on delinquency status.
(b) At September 30, 2012, $3.0 billion of GNMA loans 90 days or more past due and $2.2 billion of restructured GNMA loans whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs were classified with a pass rating, compared with $2.6 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011, respectively.

For all loan classes, a loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current events or information, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due per the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all nonaccrual and TDR loans. For all loan classes, interest income on TDR loans is recognized under the modified terms and conditions if the borrower has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. Interest income is not recognized on other impaired loans until the loan is paid off.

Factors used by the Company in determining whether all principal and interest payments due on commercial and commercial real estate loans will be collected and therefore whether those loans are impaired include, but are not limited to, the financial condition of the borrower, collateral and/or guarantees on the loan, and the borrower’s estimated future ability to pay based on industry, geographic location and certain financial ratios. The evaluation of impairment on residential mortgages, credit card and other retail loans is primarily driven by delinquency status of individual loans or whether a loan has been modified. Individual covered loans, whose future losses are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that substantially reduce the risk of credit losses to the Company, are evaluated for impairment and accounted for in a manner consistent with the class of loan they would have been included in had the loss sharing coverage not been in place.

 

U. S. Bancorp    51


A summary of impaired loans by portfolio class was as follows:

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Period-end
Recorded
Investment (a)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Valuation
Allowance
     Commitments
to Lend
Additional
Funds
 

September 30, 2012

           

Commercial

   $ 382       $ 1,341       $ 40       $ 23   

Commercial real estate

     1,214         2,466         75         5   

Residential mortgages

     2,833         3,524         437           

Credit card

     463         462         167           

Other retail

     408         455         64         7   
                                   

Total impaired loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     5,300         8,248         783         35   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     1,631         1,631         36           

Covered loans

     820         1,612         18         13   
                                   

Total

   $ 7,751       $ 11,491       $ 837       $ 48   
                                   

December 31, 2011

           

Commercial

   $ 657       $ 1,437       $ 62       $ 68   

Commercial real estate

     1,436         2,503         124         25   

Residential mortgages

     2,652         3,193         482         2   

Credit card

     584         584         219           

Other retail

     188         197         57           
                                   

Total impaired loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     5,517         7,914         944         95   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     1,265         1,265         18           

Covered loans

     1,170         1,642         43         49   
                                   

Total

   $ 7,952       $ 10,821       $ 1,005       $ 144   
                                     

 

(a) Substantially all loans classified as impaired at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, had an associated allowance for credit losses.

Additional information on impaired loans follows:

 

     2012      2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Three months ended September 30

             

Commercial

   $ 413       $ 6       $ 536       $ 4   

Commercial real estate

     1,250         12         1,558         6   

Residential mortgages

     2,752         31         2,573         24   

Credit card

     495         6         492         4   

Other retail

     354         3         165         1   
                                   

Total impaired loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     5,264         58         5,324         39   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     1,492         20         710         10   

Covered loans

     883         7         1,145         7   
                                   

Total

   $ 7,639       $ 85       $ 7,179       $ 56   
                                   

Nine months ended September 30

             

Commercial

   $ 496       $ 11       $ 529       $ 7   

Commercial real estate

     1,371         29         1,519         10   

Residential mortgages

     2,692         87         2,540         74   

Credit card

     529         22         471         10   

Other retail

     259         7         160         3   
                                   

Total impaired loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     5,347         156         5,219         104   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     1,363         51         433         19   

Covered loans

     1,042         20         584         34   
                                   

Total

   $ 7,752       $ 227       $ 6,236       $ 157   
                                     

Troubled Debt Restructurings In certain circumstances, the Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term. Concessionary modifications are classified as TDRs unless the modification results in only an insignificant delay in payments to be received. The Company recognizes interest on TDRs if the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions as agreed upon with the Company and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles. To the extent a previous restructuring was insignificant, the Company considers the cumulative effect of past restructurings related to the receivable when determining whether a current restructuring is a TDR. Loans classified as TDRs are considered impaired loans for reporting and measurement purposes.

 

52    U. S. Bancorp


The following table provides a summary of loans modified as TDRs during the periods presented, by portfolio class:

 

     2012      2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Number
of Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Loan
Balance
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Loan
Balance
     Number
of Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Loan
Balance
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Loan
Balance
 

Three months ended September 30

                   

Commercial

     1,754       $ 54       $ 58         1,137       $ 89       $ 74   

Commercial real estate

     63         91         80         115         124         115   

Residential mortgages

     2,717         344         336         748         155         156   

Credit card

     14,137         52         67         14,942         78         77   

Other retail

     6,231         159         156         956         15         16   
                                                     

Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     24,902         700         697         17,898         461         438   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     4,859         660         589         2,110         291         312   

Covered loans

     73         49         46         67         148         133   
                                                     

Total loans

     29,834       $ 1,409       $ 1,332         20,075       $ 900       $ 883   
                                                     

Nine months ended September 30

                   

Commercial

     4,081       $ 215       $ 195         3,984       $ 337       $ 310   

Commercial real estate

     245         416         390         380         906         896   

Residential mortgages

     3,788         529         517         2,571         515         512   

Credit card

     39,040         189         203         41,610         239         238   

Other retail

     8,028         194         191         3,020         55         55   
                                                     

Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     55,182         1,543         1,496         51,565         2,052         2,011   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     8,436         1,116         1,087         6,042         813         871   

Covered loans

     166         246         234         233         456         430   
                                                     

Total loans

     63,784       $ 2,905       $ 2,817         57,840       $ 3,321       $ 3,312   
                                                       

Residential mortgages, home equity and second mortgages, and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools TDRs in the table above include trial period arrangements offered to customers during the periods presented. The post-modification balances for these loans reflect the current outstanding balance until a permanent modification is made. In addition, the post-modification balances typically include capitalization of unpaid accrued interest and/or fees under the various modification programs. At September 30, 2012, 250 residential mortgages, 29 home equity and second mortgage loans and 2,180 loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with outstanding balances of $43 million, $2 million and $263 million, respectively, were in a trial period and have estimated post-modification balances of $44 million, $2 million, and $271 million, respectively, assuming permanent modification occurs at the end of the trial period.

Many of the Company’s TDRs are determined on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes. However, the Company has also implemented certain restructuring programs that may result in TDRs.

For the commercial lending segment, modifications generally result in the Company working with borrowers on a case-by-case basis. Commercial and commercial real estate modifications generally include extensions of the maturity date and may be accompanied by an increase or decrease to the interest rate, which may not be deemed a market rate of interest. In addition, the Company may work with the borrower in identifying other changes that mitigate loss to the Company, which may include additional collateral or guarantees to support the loan. To a lesser extent, the Company may waive contractual principal. The Company classifies these concessions as TDRs to the extent the Company determines that the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty.

Modifications for the consumer lending segment are generally part of programs the Company has initiated. The Company participates in the U.S. Department of Treasury Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). HAMP gives qualifying homeowners an opportunity to permanently modify residential mortgage loans and achieve more affordable monthly payments, with the U.S. Department of Treasury compensating the Company for a portion of the reduction in monthly amounts due from borrowers participating in this program. The Company also modifies residential mortgage loans under Federal Housing Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, or other internal programs. Under these programs, the Company provides concessions to qualifying borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. The concessions may include adjustments to interest rates, conversion of adjustable rates to fixed rates, extension of maturity dates or deferrals of payments, capitalization of accrued interest and/or outstanding advances, or in limited situations, partial forgiveness of loan principal. In most instances, participation in residential mortgage loan restructuring programs requires the customer to complete a short-term trial period. A permanent loan modification is contingent on the customer successfully completing the trial period arrangement and the loan documents are not modified until that time. The Company reports loans in a trial period arrangement as TDRs.

 

U. S. Bancorp    53


Credit card and other retail loan modifications are generally part of two distinct restructuring programs. The Company offers workout programs providing customers experiencing financial difficulty with modifications whereby balances may be amortized up to 60 months, and generally include waiver of fees and reduced interest rates. The Company also provides modification programs to qualifying customers experiencing a temporary financial hardship in which reductions are made to monthly required minimum payments for up to 12 months. Balances related to these programs are generally frozen, however, accounts may be reopened upon successful exit of the program, in which account privileges may be restored. In addition, the Company considers secured loans to consumer borrowers that have debt discharged through bankruptcy where the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to be TDRs.

Modifications to loans in the covered segment are similar in nature to that described above for non-covered loans, and the evaluation and determination of TDR status is similar, except that acquired loans restructured after acquisition are not considered TDRs for purposes of the Company’s accounting and disclosure if the loans evidenced credit deterioration as of the acquisition date and are accounted for in pools. Losses associated with the modification on covered loans, including the economic impact of interest rate reductions, are generally eligible for reimbursement under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.

The following table provides a summary of TDR loans that defaulted (fully or partially charged-off or became 90 days or more past due) during the periods presented that were modified as TDRs within 12 months previous to default.

 

     2012      2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Number
of Loans
     Amount
Defaulted
     Number
of Loans
     Amount
Defaulted
 

Three months ended September 30

           

Commercial

     195       $ 2         245       $ 13   

Commercial real estate

     13         12         29         32   

Residential mortgages

     116         30         96         20   

Credit card

     2,536         14         1,803         9   

Other retail

     189         4         141         2   
                                   

Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     3,049         62         2,314         76   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     248         34         222         31   

Covered loans

     8         3                   
                                   

Total loans

     3,305       $ 99         2,536       $ 107   
                                   

Nine months ended September 30

           

Commercial

     652       $ 33         513       $ 23   

Commercial real estate

     96         176         37         37   

Residential mortgages

     427         64         536         112   

Credit card

     7,452         42         5,366         27   

Other retail

     531         8         397         9   
                                   

Total loans, excluding GNMA and covered loans

     9,158         323         6,849         208   

Loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools

     731         106         475         66   

Covered loans

     49         90                   
                                   

Total loans

     9,938       $ 519         7,324       $ 274   
                                     

In addition to the defaults in the table above, during the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Company had 309 residential mortgage loans, home equity and second mortgage loans, and loans purchased from GNMA mortgage pools with aggregate outstanding balances of $50 million where borrowers did not successfully complete the trial period arrangement and therefore are no longer eligible for a permanent modification under the applicable modification program.

Covered assets represent loans and other assets acquired from the FDIC, subject to loss sharing agreements, and include expected reimbursements from the FDIC. The carrying amount of the covered assets consisted of purchased impaired loans, purchased nonimpaired loans, and other assets as shown in the following table:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Purchased
Impaired
Loans
     Purchased
Nonimpaired
Loans
     Other
Assets
     Total      Purchased
Impaired
Loans
     Purchased
Nonimpaired
Loans
     Other
Assets
     Total  

Commercial loans

   $ 15       $ 144       $       $ 159       $ 68       $ 137       $       $ 205   

Commercial real estate loans

     1,519         3,104                 4,623         1,956         4,037                 5,993   

Residential mortgage loans

     3,850         1,184                 5,034         3,830         1,360                 5,190   

Credit card loans

             5                 5                 6                 6   

Other retail loans

             798                 798                 867                 867   

Losses reimbursable by the FDIC (a)

                     1,539         1,539                         2,526         2,526   
                                                                       

Covered loans

     5,384         5,235         1,539         12,158         5,854         6,407         2,526         14,787   

Foreclosed real estate

                     198         198                         274         274   
                                                                       

Total covered assets

   $ 5,384       $ 5,235       $ 1,737       $ 12,356       $ 5,854       $ 6,407       $ 2,800       $ 15,061   
                                                                         

 

(a) Relates to loss sharing agreements with remaining terms from 2 to 7 years.

 

54    U. S. Bancorp


In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued accounting guidance, effective January 1, 2013, applicable to indemnification assets related to FDIC loss-sharing agreements. The guidance requires any reduction in the FDIC indemnification assets resulting from increases in expected cash flows of the covered assets, when there are no previous valuation allowances to reverse, to be amortized over the shorter of the remaining contractual term of the indemnification agreements or the remaining life of the covered assets. Currently, the Company amortizes these changes over the expected life of the covered assets. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this guidance will have on its financial statements.

At September 30, 2012, $93 million of the purchased impaired loans included in covered loans were classified as nonperforming assets, compared with $189 million at December 31, 2011, because the expected cash flows are primarily based on the liquidation of underlying collateral and the timing and amount of the cash flows could not be reasonably estimated. Interest income is recognized on other purchased impaired loans through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of those loans and their expected cash flows. The initial determination of the fair value of the purchased loans includes the impact of expected credit losses and, therefore, no allowance for credit losses is recorded at the purchase date. To the extent credit deterioration occurs after the date of acquisition, the Company records an allowance for credit losses.

Net gains on the sale of loans of $419 million and $74 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $998 million and $340 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were included in noninterest income, primarily in mortgage banking revenue.

 

Note 4

  Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities

The Company sells financial assets in the normal course of business. The majority of the Company’s financial asset sales are residential mortgage loan sales primarily to government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) through established programs, the sale or syndication of tax-advantaged investments, commercial loan sales through participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with the accounting guidance for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets can be derecognized from the balance sheet. For loans sold under participation agreements, the Company also considers the terms of the loan participation agreement and whether they meet the definition of a participating interest and thus qualify for derecognition. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the Company’s continuing involvement with financial assets sold is minimal and generally limited to market customary representation and warranty clauses. The guarantees provided to certain third-parties in connection with the sale or syndication of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and tax-advantaged investments, are further discussed in Note 12. When the Company sells financial assets, it may retain servicing rights and/or other interests in the transferred financial assets. The gain or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets and the consideration received and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing assets and other interests that continue to be held by the Company are initially recognized at fair value. For further information on mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), refer to Note 5. On a limited basis, the Company may acquire and package high-grade corporate bonds for select corporate customers, in which the Company generally has no continuing involvement with these transactions. Additionally, the Company is an authorized Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) issuer and issues GNMA securities on a regular basis. The Company has no other asset securitizations or similar asset-backed financing arrangements that are off-balance sheet.

The Company is involved in various entities that are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company’s investments in VIEs primarily represent private investment funds or partnerships that make equity investments, provide debt financing or support community-based investments that may enable the Company to ensure regulatory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Company sponsors entities to which it transfers tax-advantaged investments. The Company’s investments in these entities are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits over specified time periods. The Company realized federal and state income tax credits related to these investments of $227 million and $191 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $581 million and $510 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company amortizes its investments in these entities as the tax credits are realized. Amortization expense is recorded in tax expense for investments meeting certain characteristics, and in other noninterest expense for other investments. Amortization expense recorded in tax expense was

 

U. S. Bancorp    55


$123 million and $60 million, and in other noninterest expense was $140 million and $144 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense recorded in tax expense was $316 million and $175 million, and in other noninterest expense was $361 million and $386 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

At September 30, 2012, approximately $6.7 billion of the Company’s assets and $4.8 billion of its liabilities included on the consolidated balance sheet were related to community development and tax-advantaged investment VIEs which the Company has consolidated, compared with $5.6 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The majority of the assets of these consolidated VIEs are reported in other assets, and the liabilities are reported in long-term debt. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. The Company’s exposure to the consolidated VIEs is generally limited to the carrying value of its variable interests plus any related tax credits previously recognized or sold to others.

In addition, the Company sponsors a conduit to which it previously transferred high-grade investment securities. The Company consolidates the conduit because of its ability to manage the activities of the conduit. At September 30, 2012, $151 million of the held-to-maturity investment securities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet related to the conduit, compared with $202 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company also sponsors a municipal bond securities tender option bond program. The Company controls the activities of the program’s entities, is entitled to the residual returns and provides credit, liquidity and remarketing arrangements to the program. As a result, the Company has consolidated the program’s entities. At September 30, 2012, $5.3 billion of available-for-sale securities and $5.0 billion of short-term borrowings on the consolidated balance sheet were related to the tender option bond program, compared with $5.4 billion of available-for-sale securities and $5.3 billion of short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011.

The Company is not required to consolidate VIEs in which it has concluded it does not have a controlling financial interest, and thus is not the primary beneficiary. In such cases, the Company does not have both the power to direct the entities’ most significant activities and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. The Company’s investments in these unconsolidated VIEs generally are carried in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s investments in unconsolidated VIEs at September 30, 2012, ranged from less than $1 million to $44 million, with an aggregate amount of approximately $1.7 billion, net of $1.1 billion of liabilities recorded primarily for unfunded capital commitments of the Company to specific project sponsors. The Company’s investments in unconsolidated VIEs at December 31, 2011, ranged from less than $1 million to $37 million, with an aggregate amount of $1.8 billion, net of liabilities of $965 million for unfunded capital commitments. While the Company believes potential losses from these investments are remote, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss from these unconsolidated VIEs was approximately $5.0 billion at September 30, 2012, compared with $4.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The maximum exposure to loss was primarily related to community development tax-advantaged investments and included $1.7 billion at September 30, 2012, and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2011, recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and $3.2 billion at September 30, 2012, and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2011, of previously recorded tax credits which remain subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. The remaining amounts related to investments in private investment funds and partnerships for which the maximum exposure to loss included amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet and any unfunded commitments. The maximum exposure was determined by assuming a scenario where the separate investments within the individual private funds were to become worthless, and the community-based business and housing projects and related tax credits completely failed and did not meet certain government compliance requirements.

 

56    U. S. Bancorp


Note 5

  Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company serviced $211.3 billion of residential mortgage loans for others at September 30, 2012, and $191.1 billion at December 31, 2011. The net impact included in mortgage banking revenue of fair value changes of MSRs and derivatives used to economically hedge MSRs were net gains of $10 million and $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and net gains of $72 million and $151 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loan servicing fees, not including valuation changes, included in mortgage banking revenue, were $181 million and $166 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $526 million and $483 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Changes in fair value of capitalized MSRs are summarized as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011     2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,594      $ 1,989      $ 1,519      $ 1,837   

Rights purchased

     10        5        39        16   

Rights capitalized

     224        101        700        416   

Changes in fair value of MSRs

        

Due to fluctuations in market interest rates (a)

     (123     (534     (298     (569

Due to revised assumptions or models (b)

     (2     2        (19     27   

Other changes in fair value (c)

     (150     (97     (388     (261
                                

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,553      $ 1,466      $ 1,553      $ 1,466   

 

(a) Includes changes in MSR value associated with changes in market interest rates, including estimated prepayment rates and anticipated earnings on escrow deposits.
(b) Includes changes in MSR value not caused by changes in market interest rates, such as changes in cost to service, ancillary income, and discount rate, as well as the impact of any model changes.
(c) Primarily represents changes due to realization of expected cash flows over time (decay).

The estimated sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the fair value of the MSRs portfolio and the related derivative instruments was as follows:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Down
100 bps
    Down
50 bps
    Down
25 bps
   

Up

25 bps

   

Up

50 bps

    Up
100 bps
     Down
100 bps
    Down
50 bps
    Down
25 bps
   

Up

25 bps

   

Up

50 bps

    Up
100 bps
 

MSR portfolio

   $ (262   $ (162   $ (94   $ 109      $ 231      $ 483       $ (305   $ (183   $ (98   $ 107      $ 223      $ 460   

Derivative instrument hedges

     405        208        105        (105     (210     (422      378        204        104        (107     (217     (445

Net sensitivity

   $ 143      $ 46      $ 11      $ 4      $ 21      $ 61       $ 73      $ 21      $ 6      $      $ 6      $ 15   

The fair value of MSRs and their sensitivity to changes in interest rates is influenced by the mix of the servicing portfolio and characteristics of each segment of the portfolio. The Company’s servicing portfolio consists of the distinct portfolios of government-insured mortgages, conventional mortgages and Mortgage Revenue Bond Programs (“MRBP”). The servicing portfolios are predominantly comprised of fixed-rate agency loans with limited adjustable-rate or jumbo mortgage loans. The MRBP division specializes in servicing loans made under state and local housing authority programs. These programs provide mortgages to low-income and moderate-income borrowers and are generally government-insured programs with a favorable rate subsidy, down payment and/or closing cost assistance.

A summary of the Company’s MSRs and related characteristics by portfolio was as follows:

 

     September 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    MRBP     Government     Conventional (b)     Total     MRBP     Government     Conventional (b)     Total  

Servicing portfolio

   $ 13,939      $ 38,162      $ 159,162      $ 211,263      $ 13,357      $ 32,567      $ 145,158      $ 191,082   

Fair market value

   $ 154      $ 304      $ 1,095      $ 1,553      $ 155      $ 290      $ 1,074      $ 1,519   

Value (bps) (a)

     110        80        69        74        116        89        74        79   

Weighted-average servicing fees (bps)

     40        34        30        31        40        36        29        31   

Multiple (value/servicing fees)

     2.75        2.35        2.30        2.39        2.90        2.47        2.55        2.55   

Weighted-average note rate

     5.24     4.69     4.63     4.68     5.50     5.08     4.97     5.03

Weighted-average age (in years)

     4.2        2.4        2.5        2.6        4.2        2.5        2.8        2.8   

Weighted-average expected prepayment (constant prepayment rate)

     13.1     21.6     23.1     22.2     12.9     21.1     22.1     21.3

Weighted-average expected life (in years)

     6.2        4.0        3.5        3.8        6.4        4.0        3.8        4.0   

Weighted-average discount rate

     12.1     11.4     10.0     10.4     12.1     11.3     10.0     10.4
                                                                  

 

(a) Value is calculated as fair market value divided by the servicing portfolio.
(b) Represents loans sold primarily to GSEs.

 

U. S. Bancorp    57


Note 6

  Preferred Stock

At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had authority to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock. The number of shares issued and outstanding and the carrying amount of each outstanding series of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Discount      Carrying
Amount
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
     Discount      Carrying
Amount
 

Series A

     12,510       $ 1,251       $ 145       $ 1,106         12,510       $ 1,251       $ 145       $ 1,106   

Series B

     40,000         1,000                 1,000         40,000         1,000                 1,000   

Series D

     20,000         500                 500         20,000         500                 500   

Series F

     44,000         1,100         12         1,088                                   

Series G

     43,400         1,085         10         1,075                                   
                                                                       

Total preferred stock (a)

     159,910       $ 4,936       $ 167       $ 4,769         72,510       $ 2,751       $ 145       $ 2,606   
                                                                         

 

(a) The par value of all shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was $1.00 per share.

On January 23, 2012, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 44,000 shares of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), and on April 20, 2012, the Company issued depositary shares representing an ownership interest in 43,400 shares of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock have no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly, in arrears, at a rate per annum equal to 6.50 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, January 15, 2022, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.468 percent for the Series F Preferred Stock, and 6.00 percent from the date of issuance to, but excluding, April 15, 2017, and thereafter at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.86125 percent for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock. Both series are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole, but not in part, prior to January 15, 2022, for the Series F Preferred Stock and prior to April 15, 2017, for the Series G Preferred Stock, within 90 days following an official administrative or judicial decision, amendment to, or change in the laws or regulations that would not allow the Company to treat the full liquidation value of the Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, respectively, as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve.

For further information on preferred stock, refer to Note 15 in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Note 7

  Earnings Per Share

The components of earnings per share were:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data)    2012     2011      2012     2011  

Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

   $ 1,474      $ 1,273       $ 4,227      $ 3,522   

Preferred dividends

     (64     (30      (174     (99

Earnings allocated to participating stock awards

     (6     (6      (19     (16
                                 

Net income applicable to U.S. Bancorp common shareholders

   $ 1,404      $ 1,237       $ 4,034      $ 3,407   
                                 

Average common shares outstanding

     1,886        1,915         1,892        1,918   

Net effect of the exercise and assumed purchase of stock awards and conversion of outstanding convertible notes

     11        7         9        8   
                                 

Average diluted common shares outstanding

     1,897        1,922         1,901        1,926   
                                 

Earnings per common share

   $ .74      $ .65       $ 2.13      $ 1.78   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ .74      $ .64       $ 2.12      $ 1.77   
                                   

Options and warrants outstanding at September 30, 2012 to purchase 10 million and 22 million common shares for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, and outstanding at September 30, 2011 to purchase 60 million and 54 million common shares for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2011,

 

58    U. S. Bancorp


respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive. Convertible senior debentures that could potentially be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to specified formulas, were not included in the computation of dilutive earnings per share because they were antidilutive.

 

Note 8

  Employee Benefits

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s retirement plans were:

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    Pension Plans     Postretirement
Welfare Plan
     Pension Plans     Postretirement
Welfare Plan
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2012     2011     2012     2011      2012     2011     2012     2011  

Service cost

  $ 33      $ 30      $ 2      $ 1       $ 97      $ 89      $ 4      $ 3   

Interest cost

    42        42        1        3         126        126        5        7   

Expected return on plan assets

    (48     (52     (1     (1      (143     (155     (2     (3

Prior service cost (credit) and transition obligation (asset) amortization

    (2     (2                    (4     (7              

Actuarial loss (gain) amortization

    41        31        (1     (2      121        94        (5     (5
                                                                

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 66      $ 49      $ 1      $ 1       $ 197      $ 147      $ 2      $ 2   
                                                                  

 

Note 9

  Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense were:

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2012      2011      2012      2011  

Federal

            

Current

  $ 461       $ 450       $ 1,416       $ 907   

Deferred

    50         (41      26         232   
                                  

Federal income tax

    511         409         1,442         1,139   

State

            

Current

    77         85         239         157   

Deferred

    5         (4      3         18   
                                  

State income tax

    82         81         242         175   
                                  

Total income tax provision

  $ 593       $ 490       $ 1,684       $ 1,314   
                                    

A reconciliation of expected income tax expense at the federal statutory rate of 35 percent to the Company’s applicable income tax expense follows:

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended  
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2012     2011      2012     2011  

Tax at statutory rate

  $ 709      $ 610       $ 2,030      $ 1,671   

State income tax, at statutory rates, net of federal tax benefit

    53        53         157        114   

Tax effect of

          

Tax credits, net of related expenses

    (120     (124      (322     (319

Tax-exempt income

    (55     (57      (165     (170

Noncontrolling interests

    15        8         39        22   

Other items

    (9             (55     (4
                                

Applicable income taxes

  $ 593      $ 490       $ 1,684      $ 1,314   
                                  

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal, state, local and foreign government authorities. On an ongoing basis, numerous federal, state, local and foreign examinations are in progress and cover multiple tax years. As of September 30, 2012, the federal taxing authority has completed its examination of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The years open to examination by foreign, state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

The Company’s net deferred tax liability was $1.6 billion at September 30, 2012, and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

U. S. Bancorp    59


Note 10

  Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivatives in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value in other assets or in other liabilities. On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, the derivative is designated as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); a hedge of the volatility of an investment in foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (“net investment hedge”); or a designation is not made as it is a customer-related transaction, an economic hedge for asset/liability risk management purposes or another stand-alone derivative created through the Company’s operations (“free-standing derivative”).

The following table provides information on the fair value of the Company’s derivative positions:

 

    September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)   Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
     Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
 

Total fair value of derivative positions

  $ 2,176       $ 2,640       $ 1,913       $ 2,554   

Netting (a)

    (354      (1,687      (294      (1,889
                                  

Total

  $ 1,822       $ 953       $ 1,619       $ 665   
                                    

 

(a) Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting agreements. At September 30, 2012, the amount of cash and money market investments collateral posted by counterparties that was netted against derivative assets was $89 million and the amount of cash collateral posted by the Company that was netted against derivative liabilities was $1.4 billion, compared with $88 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

Of the Company’s $65.5 billion of total notional amount of asset and liability management positions at September 30, 2012, $12.0 billion was designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge. When a derivative is designated as a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge, the Company performs an assessment, at inception and, at a minimum, quarterly thereafter, to determine the effectiveness of the derivative in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged item(s).

Fair Value Hedges  These derivatives are primarily interest rate swaps that hedge the change in fair value related to interest rate changes of underlying fixed-rate debt and junior subordinated debentures. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, and changes in the fair value of the hedged items, are recorded in earnings. All fair value hedges were highly effective for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

Cash Flow Hedges  These derivatives are interest rate swaps that are hedges of the forecasted cash flows from the underlying variable-rate loans and debt. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the cash flows of the hedged items are realized. If a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, the gain or loss in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized to earnings over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings. If a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss included in other comprehensive income (loss) is reported in earnings immediately, unless the forecasted transaction is at least reasonably possible of occurring, whereby the amounts within other comprehensive income (loss) remain. At September 30, 2012, the Company had $433 million (net-of-tax) of realized and unrealized losses on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), compared with $489 million (net-of-tax) at December 31, 2011. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the remainder of 2012 and the next 12 months are losses of $33 million (net-of-tax) and $132 million (net-of-tax), respectively. This amount includes gains and losses related to hedges that were terminated early for which the forecasted transactions are still probable. All cash flow hedges were highly effective for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.

Net Investment Hedges  The Company uses forward commitments to sell specified amounts of certain foreign currencies and non-derivative debt instruments to hedge the volatility of its investment in foreign operations driven by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The ineffectiveness on all net investment hedges was not material for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. There were no derivatives designated as net investment hedges at September 30, 2012. At September 30, 2012, the carrying amount of non-derivative debt instruments designated as net investment hedges was $719 million. There were no non-derivative debt instruments designated as net investment hedges at December 31, 2011.

 

60    U. S. Bancorp


Other Derivative Positions  The Company enters into free-standing derivatives to mitigate interest rate risk and for other risk management purposes. These derivatives include forward commitments to sell to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”) and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans, which are used to economically hedge the interest rate risk related to residential mortgage loans held for sale and unfunded mortgage loan commitments. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps, forward commitments to buy TBAs, U.S. Treasury futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures to economically hedge the change in the fair value of the Company’s MSRs. The Company also enters into foreign currency forwards to economically hedge remeasurement gains and losses the Company recognizes on foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company acts as a seller and buyer of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts for its customers. To mitigate the market and liquidity risk associated with these customer derivatives, the Company enters into similar offsetting positions with broker-dealers. The Company also has derivative contracts that are created through its operations, including commitments to originate mortgage loans held for sale and certain derivative financial guarantee contracts.

For additional information on the Company’s purpose for entering into derivative transactions and its overall risk management strategies, refer to “Management Discussion and Analysis — Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate and Other Risks” which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table summarizes the asset and liability management derivative positions of the Company:

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
(Dollars in Millions)    Notional
Value
     Fair
Value
    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Maturity

In Years

     Notional
Value
     Fair
Value
    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Maturity

In Years

 

September 30, 2012

                   

Fair value hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

   $ 500       $ 30         3.34       $       $           

Cash flow hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

                             4,468         771         3.96   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     7,000         51         2.10                           

Other economic hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Futures and forwards

                   

Buy

     15,159         311         .08         107         1         .04   

Sell

     2,720         7         .14         17,673         389         .08   

Options

                   

Purchased

     2,250                 .07                           

Written

     6,097         204         .12         8         1         .19   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     3,975         45         10.23                           

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     1,125         7         .02         1,446         5         .03   

Equity contracts

     32                 .53         33         1         2.72   

Credit contracts

     909         3         4.45         2,005         10         3.28   

December 31, 2011

                   

Fair value hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     500         27         4.09                           

Foreign exchange cross-currency swaps

     688         17         5.17         432         23         5.17   

Cash flow hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

                             4,788         803         4.03   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     750                 2.75         6,250         6         2.86   

Net investment hedges

                   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     708         4         .08                           

Other economic hedges

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Futures and forwards

                   

Buy

     14,270         150         .07         29                 .12   

Sell

     231         1         .15         14,415         134         .11   

Options

                   

Purchased

     1,250                 .07                           

Written

     4,421         80         .10         11         1         .13   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     2,625         9         10.21                           

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     307         1         .08         1,414         11         .08   

Equity contracts

     54         1         1.05         10                 .64   

Credit contracts

     800         7         3.71         1,600         8         3.59   

 

U. S. Bancorp    61


The following table summarizes the customer-related derivative positions of the Company:

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
(Dollars in Millions)    Notional
Value
     Fair
Value
    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Maturity

In Years

     Notional
Value
    

Fair

Value

    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Maturity

In Years

 

September 30, 2012

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

   $ 17,262       $ 1,186         4.74       $ 359       $ 8         16.45   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

     280         8         19.79         17,433         1,148         4.76   

Options

                   

Purchased

     3,014         15         5.34         28                 4.67   

Written

     202                 .73         2,839         15         5.66   

Foreign exchange rate contracts

                   

Forwards, spots and swaps (a)

     11,038         301         .36         10,799         283         .45   

Options

                   

Purchased

     346         8         .65                           

Written

                             346         8         .65   

December 31, 2011

                   

Interest rate contracts

                   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     16,230         1,216         4.98         523         1         2.52   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

     99                 1.81         16,206         1,182         5.10   

Options

                   

Purchased

     2,660         26         6.11                           

Written

                             2,660         26         6.11   

Foreign exchange rate contracts

                   

Forwards, spots and swaps (a)

     7,936         369         .54         7,731         354         .54   

Options

                   

Purchased

     127         5         .41                           

Written

                             127         5         .41   
                                                       

 

(a) Reflects the net of long and short positions.

The table below shows the effective portion of the gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains (losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings (net-of-tax):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Gains (Losses)
Reclassified
from Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
into Earnings
     Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Gains (Losses)
Reclassified
from Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
into Earnings
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012     2011     2012      2011      2012     2011     2012     2011  

Asset and Liability Management Positions

                    

Cash flow hedges

                    

Interest rate contracts (a)

   $ (19   $ (120   $ (33    $ (34    $ (42   $ (199   $ (98   $ (103

Net investment hedges

                    

Foreign exchange forward contracts

            (57                     (6     (104              

Non-derivative debt instruments

     (11                            26                        
                                                                    

 

Note: Ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.
(a) Gains (Losses) reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) into interest income on loans and interest expense on long-term debt.

 

62    U. S. Bancorp


The table below shows the gains (losses) recognized in earnings for fair value hedges, other economic hedges and the customer-related positions:

 

     Location of Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Earnings
    

Three Months

Ended
September 30,

    

Nine Months

Ended
September 30,

 
(Dollars in Millions)       2012      2011      2012     2011  

Asset and Liability Management Positions

               

Fair value hedges (a)

               

Interest rate contracts

     Other noninterest income       $ 2       $ 1       $ 5      $ 25   

Foreign exchange cross-currency swaps

     Other noninterest income                 (111      42        (13

Other economic hedges

               

Interest rate contracts

               

Futures and forwards

     Mortgage banking revenue         (44      17         67        (7

Purchased and written options

     Mortgage banking revenue         290         181         689        323   

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     Mortgage banking revenue         48         377         186        479   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

     Mortgage banking revenue                 4                4   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     Commercial products revenue         (25      (48      (62     (66

Equity contracts

     Compensation expense         1         1         2        2   

Credit contracts

     Other noninterest income/expense         (2      4         (8     2   

Customer-Related Positions

               

Interest rate contracts

               

Receive fixed/pay floating swaps

     Other noninterest income         (16      366         (10     352   

Pay fixed/receive floating swaps

     Other noninterest income         19         (376      15        (365

Foreign exchange rate contracts

               

Forwards, spots and swaps

     Commercial products revenue         13         14         36        41   

 

(a) Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts, included in noninterest income (expense), were $(2) million and zero for the three months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, and $(3) million and $117 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. Gains (Losses) on items hedged by interest rate contracts and foreign exchange forward contracts, included in noninterest income (expense), were $(5) million and $(44) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, and $(27) million and $20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. The ineffective portion was immaterial for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Derivatives are subject to credit risk associated with counterparties to the derivative contracts. The Company measures that credit risk using a credit valuation adjustment and includes it within the fair value of the derivative. The Company manages counterparty credit risk through diversification of its derivative positions among various counterparties, by entering into master netting agreements and, where possible, by requiring collateral agreements. A master netting agreement allows two counterparties, who have multiple derivative contracts with each other, the ability to net settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral posted, through a single payment and in a single currency. Collateral agreements require the counterparty to post, on a daily basis, collateral (typically cash or money market investments) equal to the Company’s net derivative receivable. For highly-rated counterparties, the agreements may include minimum dollar posting thresholds, but allow for the Company to call for immediate, full collateral coverage when credit-rating thresholds are triggered by counterparties.

The Company’s collateral agreements are bilateral and, therefore, contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds and contingent upon the Company’s credit rating from two of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. If the Company’s credit rating were to fall below credit ratings thresholds established in the collateral agreements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate full collateral coverage for derivatives in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives under collateral agreements that were in a net liability position at September 30, 2012, was $1.7 billion. At September 30, 2012, the Company had $1.4 billion of cash posted as collateral against this net liability position.

 

Note 11

   Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

The Company uses fair value measurements for the initial recording of certain assets and liabilities, periodic remeasurement of certain assets and liabilities, and disclosures. Derivatives, trading and available-for-sale investment securities, certain mortgage loans held for sale (“MLHFS”) and MSRs are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market

 

U. S. Bancorp    63


participants on the measurement date. A fair value measurement reflects all of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset, and the risk of nonperformance.

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy for valuation techniques used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. This hierarchy is based on whether the valuation inputs are observable or unobservable. These levels are:

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 includes U.S. Treasury and exchange-traded instruments.

   

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 includes debt securities that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and which are typically valued using third party pricing services; derivative contracts and other assets and liabilities, including securities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data; and MLHFS whose values are determined using quoted prices for similar assets or pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

   

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes MSRs, certain debt securities and certain derivative contracts.

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period that the transfers occur. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

The Company has processes and controls in place to increase the reliability of estimates it makes in determining fair value measurements. Items quoted on an exchange are verified to the quoted price. Items provided by a third party pricing service are subject to price verification procedures as discussed in more detail in the specific valuation discussions provided in the section that follows. For fair value measurements modeled internally, the Company’s valuation models are subject to the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy and Program, as maintained by the Company’s credit administration department. The purpose of model validation is to assess the accuracy of the models’ input, processing, and reporting components. All models are required to be independently reviewed and approved prior to being placed in use, and are subject to formal change control procedures. Under the Company’s Model Risk Governance Policy, models are required to be reviewed at least annually to ensure they are operating as intended. Inputs into the models are market observable inputs whenever available. When market observable inputs are not available, the inputs are developed based upon analysis of historical experience and evaluation of other relevant market data. Significant unobservable model inputs are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. Significant unobservable model inputs are also compared to actual results, typically on a quarterly basis. Significant Level 3 fair value measurements are also subject to corporate-level review and are benchmarked to market transactions or other market data, when available. Additional discussion of processes and controls are provided in the valuation methodologies section that follows.

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value as required under disclosure guidance related to the fair value of financial instruments. In addition, the following section includes an indication of the level of the fair value hierarchy in which the assets or liabilities are classified. Where appropriate, the description includes information about the valuation models and key inputs to those models. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, there were no significant changes to the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure fair value.

Cash and Due From Banks  The carrying value of cash and due from banks approximate fair value and are classified within Level 1. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

 

64    U. S. Bancorp


Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements  The carrying value of federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements approximate fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization and are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Investment Securities  When quoted market prices for identical securities are available in an active market, these prices are used to determine fair value and these securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities are predominantly U.S. Treasury securities.

For other securities, quoted market prices may not be readily available for the specific securities. When possible, the Company determines fair value based on market observable information, including quoted market prices for similar securities, inactive transaction prices, and broker quotes. These securities are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 valuations are generally provided by a third party pricing service. The Company reviews the valuation methodologies utilized by the pricing service and, on a quarterly basis, reviews the security level prices provided by the pricing service against management’s expectation of fair value, based on changes in various benchmarks and market knowledge from recent trading activity. Additionally, each quarter, the Company validates the fair value provided by the pricing services by comparing them to recent observable market trades (where available), broker provided quotes, or other independent secondary pricing sources. Prices obtained from the pricing service are adjusted if they are found to be inconsistent with observable market data. Level 2 investment securities are predominantly agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities, municipal securities, corporate debt securities, agency debt securities and perpetual preferred securities.

The fair value of securities for which there are no market trades, or where trading is inactive as compared to normal market activity, are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company determines the fair value of these securities using a discounted cash flow methodology and incorporating observable market information, where available. These valuations are modeled by a unit within the Company’s treasury department, which is separate from the portfolio management function. The valuations use assumptions regarding housing prices, interest rates and borrower performance. Inputs are refined and updated at least quarterly to reflect market developments and actual performance. The primary valuation drivers of these securities are the prepayment rates, default rates and default severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Level 3 fair values, including the assumptions used, are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The fair value measurements are also compared to fair values provided by third party pricing services, where available. Securities classified within Level 3 include non-agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain asset-backed securities, certain collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations, certain corporate debt securities and SIV-related securities.

Certain Mortgage Loans Held For Sale  MLHFS measured at fair value, for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist, are initially valued at the transaction price and are subsequently valued by comparison to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles. MLHFS are classified within Level 2. Included in mortgage banking revenue was a $241 million net gain and a $98 million net gain for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and a $501 million net gain and a $38 million net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, from the changes to fair value of these MLHFS under fair value option accounting guidance. Changes in fair value due to instrument specific credit risk were immaterial. Interest income for MLHFS is measured based on contractual interest rates and reported as interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Electing to measure MLHFS at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in fair value of these assets with changes in the value of the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting.

Loans  The loan portfolio includes adjustable and fixed-rate loans, the fair value of which was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and other valuation techniques. The expected cash flows of loans considered historical prepayment experiences and estimated credit losses and were discounted using current rates offered to borrowers of similar credit characteristics. Generally, loan fair values reflect Level 3 information. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only, with the exception of impaired collateral-based loans that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis utilizing the underlying collateral fair value.

 

U. S. Bancorp    65


Mortgage Servicing Rights  MSRs are valued using a discounted cash flow methodology and third party prices, if available. Accordingly, MSRs are classified within Level 3. The Company determines fair value by estimating the present value of the asset’s future cash flows using prepayment rates, discount rates, and other assumptions. The MSR valuations, as well as the assumptions used, are developed by the mortgage banking division and are subject to review by senior management in corporate functions, who are independent from the modeling. The MSR valuations and assumptions are validated through comparison to trade information and industry surveys when available, and are also compared to independent third party valuations each quarter. Risks inherent in MSR valuation include higher than expected prepayment rates and/or delayed receipt of cash flows. There is minimal market activity for MSRs, therefore the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment. Refer to Note 5 for further information on MSR valuation assumptions.

Derivatives The majority of derivatives held by the Company are executed over-the-counter and are valued using standard cash flow, Black-Derman-Toy and Monte Carlo valuation techniques. The models incorporate inputs, depending on the type of derivative, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and volatility. In addition, all derivative values incorporate an assessment of the risk of counterparty nonperformance, measured based on the Company’s evaluation of credit risk as well as external assessments of credit risk, where available. The Company monitors and manages its nonperformance risk by considering its ability to net derivative positions under master netting agreements, as well as collateral received or provided under collateral support agreements. Accordingly, the Company has elected to measure the fair value of derivatives, at a counterparty level, on a net basis. The majority of the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the models, including nonperformance risk, are observable. However, certain derivative transactions are with counterparties where risk of nonperformance cannot be observed in the market, and therefore the credit valuation adjustments result in these derivatives being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The credit valuation adjustments for nonperformance risk are determined by the Company’s treasury department using credit assumptions provided by credit administration. The credit assumptions are compared to actual results quarterly and are recalibrated as appropriate.

The Company also has commitments to sell, purchase and originate mortgage loans that meet the accounting requirements of a derivative. These mortgage loan commitments are valued by pricing models that include market observable and unobservable inputs, which result in the commitments being classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The unobservable inputs include the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value, both of which are developed by the Company’s mortgage banking division. The closed loan percentages for the mortgage loan commitments are monitored on an on-going basis, as these percentages are also used for the Company’s economic hedging activities. The inherent MSR value for the commitments are generated by the same models used for the Company’s MSRs and thus are subject to the same processes and controls as described for the MSRs above.

Other Financial Instruments Other financial instruments include cost method equity investments and community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. The majority of the Company’s cost method equity investments are in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, whose carrying amounts approximate their fair value and are classified within Level 2. Investments in private equity and other limited partnership funds are estimated using fund provided net asset values. These equity investments are classified within Level 3. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Community development and tax-advantaged investments generate a return primarily through the realization of federal and state income tax credits, with a duration typically equal to the period that the tax credits are realized. Asset balances primarily represent the assets of the underlying community development and tax-advantaged entities the Company consolidated per applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Liabilities of the underlying consolidated entities were included in long-term debt. The carrying value of the asset balances are a reasonable estimate of fair value and are classified within Level 3. Refer to Note 4 for further information on community development and tax-advantaged related assets and liabilities. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Deposit Liabilities  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting the contractual cash flow using current market rates. Deposit liabilities are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

 

66    U. S. Bancorp


Short-term Borrowings  Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term funds borrowed have floating rates or short-term maturities. The fair value of short-term borrowings was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Short-term borrowings are classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Long-term Debt  The fair value for most long-term debt was determined by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates. Junior subordinated debt instruments were valued using market quotes. Long-term debt is classified within Level 2. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Loan Commitments, Letters of Credit and Guarantees  The fair value of commitments, letters of credit and guarantees represents the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third party. Other loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees are not actively traded, and the Company estimates their fair value based on the related amount of unamortized deferred commitment fees adjusted for the probable losses for these arrangements. These arrangements are classified within Level 3. Fair value is provided for disclosure purposes only.

Significant Unobservable Inputs of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

The following section provides information on the significant inputs used by the Company to determine the fair value measurements of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the following section includes a discussion of the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant inputs and a description of any interrelationships between these inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The discussion below excludes nonrecurring fair value measurements of collateral value used for impairment measures for loans and other real estate owned. These valuations utilize third party appraisal or broker price opinions, and are classified as Level 3 due to the significant judgment involved.

Available-For-Sale Investment Securities The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s modeled Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities are prepayment rates, probability of default and loss severities associated with the underlying collateral, as well as the discount margin used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. The majority of the Company’s Level 3 securities were acquired at discounts. Increases in prepayment rates will typically result in higher fair values, as increased prepayment rates accelerate the receipt of expected cash flows and reduce exposure to credit losses. Increases in the probability of default and loss severities will result in lower fair values, as these increases reduce expected cash flows. Discount margin is the Company’s estimate of the current market spread above the respective benchmark rate. Higher discount margin will result in lower fair values, as it reduces the present value of the expected cash flows.

Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. In the current environment, an increase in the probability of default will generally be accompanied with an increase in loss severity, as both are impacted by underlying collateral values. Discount margins are influenced by market expectations about the security’s collateral performance, and therefore may directionally move with probability and severity of default; however, discount margins are also impacted by broader market forces, such as competing investment yields, sector liquidity, economic news, and other macroeconomic factors.

 

U. S. Bancorp    67


The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for Level 3 available-for-sale investment securities at September 30, 2012:

 

       Minimum     Maximum     Average  

Residential Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities (a)

      

Estimated lifetime prepayment rates

     6     20     13

Lifetime probability of default rates

            5        3   

Lifetime loss severity rates

     25        80        42   

Discount margin

     3        7        5   

Residential Non-Prime Non-Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities (b)

      

Estimated lifetime prepayment rates

     2     10     6

Lifetime probability of default rates

     3        10        6   

Lifetime loss severity rates

     20        70        53   

Discount margin

     3        9        6   

Other Asset-Backed Securities

      

Estimated lifetime prepayment rates

     6     6     6

Lifetime probability of default rates

     4        4        4   

Lifetime loss severity rates

     40        40        40   

Discount margin

     18        18        18   
                          

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

Mortgage Servicing Rights The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s MSRs are expected prepayments and the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the projected cash flows. Significant increases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. Significant decreases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement. There is no direct interrelationship between prepayments and discount rate. Prepayment rates generally move in the opposite direction of market interest rates. Discount rates are generally impacted by changes in market return requirements.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for MSRs at September 30, 2012:

 

       Minimum       Maximum       Average    

Expected prepayment

     14     35     22

Discount rate

     10        14        10   
                          

Derivatives The Company has two distinct Level 3 derivative portfolios: (i) the Company’s commitments to sell, purchase and originate mortgage loans that meet the requirements of a derivative, and (ii) the Company’s asset/liability and customer-related derivatives that are Level 3 due to unobservable inputs related to measurement of risk of nonperformance by the counterparty.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s derivative commitments to sell, purchase and originate mortgage loans are the percentage of commitments that actually become a closed loan and the MSR value that is inherent in the underlying loan value. A significant increase in the rate of loans that close would result in a larger derivative asset or liability. A significant increase in the inherent MSR value would result in an increase in the derivative asset or a reduction in the derivative liability. Expected loan close rates and the inherent MSR values are directly impacted by changes in market rates and will generally move in the same direction as interest rates.

The following table shows the significant valuation assumption ranges for the Company’s derivative commitments to sell, purchase and originate mortgage loans at September 30, 2012:

 

       Minimum       Maximum       Average    

Expected loan close rate

     9     100     73

Inherent MSR value (basis points per loan)

     10        195        99   
                          

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of certain of the Company’s asset/liability and customer-related derivatives is the credit valuation adjustment related to the risk of counterparty nonperformance. A significant increase in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a lower fair value measurement. A significant decrease in the credit valuation adjustment would result in a higher fair value measurement. The credit valuation adjustment is impacted by changes in the Company’s assessment of the counterparty’s credit position. At September 30, 2012, the minimum, maximum and average credit valuation adjustment as a percentage of the derivative contract fair value prior to adjustment was 0 percent, 97 percent and 6 percent, respectively.

 

68    U. S. Bancorp


The following table summarizes the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Netting     Total  

September 30, 2012

             

Available-for-sale securities

             

U.S. Treasury and agencies

   $ 504       $ 239       $       $      $ 743   

Mortgage-backed securities

             

Residential

             

Agency

             29,362                        29,362   

Non-agency

             

Prime (a)

                     631                631   

Non-prime (b)

                     340                340   

Commercial

             

Agency

             202                        202   

Asset-backed securities

             

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

             42                        42   

Other

             582         16                598   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

             6,457                        6,457   

Obligations of foreign governments

             6                        6   

Corporate debt securities

             700         9                709   

Perpetual preferred securities

             278                        278   

Other investments

     256         12                        268   
                                           

Total available-for-sale

     760         37,880         996                39,636   

Mortgage loans held for sale

             9,815                        9,815   

Mortgage servicing rights

                     1,553                1,553   

Derivative assets

             637         1,539         (354     1,822   

Other assets

     179         554                        733   
                                           

Total

   $ 939       $ 48,886       $ 4,088       $ (354   $ 53,559   
                                           

Derivative liabilities

   $       $ 2,591       $ 49       $ (1,687   $ 953   

Other liabilities

     39         553                        592   
                                           

Total

   $ 39       $ 3,144       $ 49       $ (1,687   $ 1,545   
                                           

December 31, 2011

             

Available-for-sale securities

             

U.S. Treasury and agencies

   $ 562       $ 495       $       $      $ 1,057   

Mortgage-backed securities

             

Residential

             

Agency

             40,314                        40,314   

Non-agency

             

Prime (a)

                     803                803   

Non-prime (b)

                     802                802   

Commercial

             

Agency

             140                        140   

Non-agency

                     42                42   

Asset-backed securities

             

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

             86         120                206   

Other

             564         117                681   

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

             6,539                        6,539   

Obligations of foreign governments

             6                        6   

Corporate debt securities

             818         9                827   

Perpetual preferred securities

             318                        318   

Other investments

     193         9                        202   
                                           

Total available-for-sale

     755         49,289         1,893                51,937   

Mortgage loans held for sale

             6,925                        6,925   

Mortgage servicing rights

                     1,519                1,519   

Derivative assets

             632         1,281         (294     1,619   

Other assets

     146         467                        613   
                                           

Total

   $ 901       $ 57,313       $ 4,693       $ (294   $ 62,613   
                                           

Derivative liabilities

   $       $ 2,501       $ 53       $ (1,889   $ 665   

Other liabilities

     75         538                        613   
                                           

Total

   $ 75       $ 3,039       $ 53       $ (1,889   $ 1,278   
                                             

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.

 

U. S. Bancorp    69


The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the three months ended September 30:

 

(Dollars in Millions)   Beginning
of Period
Balance
    Net Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Net Income
    Net Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Purchases     Sales     Principal
Payments
    Issuances     Settlements    

End

of
Period
Balance

    Net Change in
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Relating
to Assets
Still Held at
End of Period
 

2012

                   

Available-for-sale securities

                   

Mortgage-backed securities

                   

Residential non-agency

                   

Prime (a)

  $ 713      $ (4   $ 23      $      $ (61   $ (40   $      $      $ 631      $ 26   

Non-prime (b)

    796        (8     132               (562     (18                   340        23   

Commercial non-agency

    37               2               (39                                   

Asset-backed securities

                   

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    102        2        (7            (96     (1                            

Other

    112        1        (4     3        (93     (3                   16        2   

Corporate debt securities

    9                                                         9          
                                                                               

Total available-for-sale

    1,769        (9 )(c)      146 (f)      3        (851     (62                   996        51   

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,594        (275 )(d)             10                      224 (g)             1,553        (275 )(d) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

    1,360        843  (e)             1        (1                   (713     1,490        (557 )(h) 

2011

                   

Available-for-sale securities

                   

Mortgage-backed securities

                   

Residential non-agency

                   

Prime (a)

  $ 896      $ 1      $ (2   $      $      $ (36   $      $      $ 859      $ (2

Non-prime (b)

    895        (2     (5                   (31                   857        (5

Commercial non-agency

    50        1        (1            (4     (1                   45          

Asset-backed securities

                   

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    133        3        (2                   (9                   125        (2

Other

    129        1        (4                   (6                   120        (4

Corporate debt securities

    9                                                         9          
                                                                               

Total available-for-sale

    2,112        4  (i)      (14 )(f)             (4     (83                   2,015        (13

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,989        (629 )(d)             5                      101 (g)             1,466        (629 )(d) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

    836        836  (j)                    (2                   (340     1,330        77  (k) 
                                                                                 

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.
(c) Approximately $(15) million included in securities gains (losses) and $6 million included in interest income.
(d) Included in mortgage banking revenue.
(e) Approximately $124 million included in other noninterest income and $719 million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(f) Included in changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.
(g) Represents MSRs capitalized during the period.
(h) Approximately $7 million included in other noninterest income and $(564) million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(i) Approximately $(9) million included in other securities gains (losses) and $13 million included in interest income.
(j) Approximately $445 million included in other noninterest income and $391 million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(k) Approximately $317 million included in other noninterest income and $(240) million included in mortgage banking revenue.

 

70    U. S. Bancorp


The following table presents the changes in fair value for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the nine months ended September 30:

 

(Dollars in Millions)   Beginning
of Period
Balance
    Net Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Net Income
    Net Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Purchases     Sales     Principal
Payments
    Issuances     Settlements    

End

of
Period
Balance

    Net Change in
Unrealized Gains
(Losses) Relating
to Assets
Still Held at
End of Period
 

2012

                   

Available-for-sale securities

                   

Mortgage-backed securities

                   

Residential non-agency

                   

Prime (a)

  $ 803      $ (5   $ 60      $      $ (109   $ (118   $      $      $ 631      $ 58   

Non-prime (b)

    802        (18     197               (562     (79                   340        52   

Commercial non-agency

    42        1                      (39     (4                            

Asset-backed securities

                   

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    120        12        (8            (103     (21                            

Other

    117        7               3        (93     (18                   16        2   

Corporate debt securities

    9                                                         9          
                                                                               

Total available-for-sale

    1,893        (3 )(c)      249 (f)      3        (906     (240                   996        112   

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,519        (705 )(d)             39                      700 (g)             1,553        (705 )(d) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

    1,228        2,050  (e)             1        (3)                      (1,786     1,490        (1,407 )(h) 

2011

                   

Available-for-sale securities

                   

Mortgage-backed securities

                   

Residential non-agency

                   

Prime (a)

  $ 1,103      $ 4      $ 22      $      $ (115   $ (155   $      $      $ 859      $ 14   

Non-prime (b)

    947        (4     27               (12     (101                   857        26   

Commercial non-agency

    50        2        (1            (4     (2                   45          

Asset-backed securities

                   

Collateralized debt obligations/Collateralized loan obligations

    135        10        6                      (26                   125        7   

Other

    133        8        (2                   (19                   120        (2

Corporate debt securities

    9                                                         9          
                                                                               

Total available-for-sale

    2,377        20  (i)      52 (f)             (131     (303                   2,015        45   

Mortgage servicing rights

    1,837        (803 )(d)             16                      416 (g)             1,466        (803 )(d) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

    851        1,252  (j)                    (5                   (768     1,330        (92 )(k) 
                                                                                 

 

(a) Prime securities are those designated as such by the issuer at origination. When an issuer designation is unavailable, the Company determines at acquisition date the categorization based on asset pool characteristics (such as weighted-average credit score, loan-to-value, loan type, prevalence of low documentation loans) and deal performance (such as pool delinquencies and security market spreads).
(b) Includes all securities not meeting the conditions to be designated as prime.
(c) Approximately $(37) million included in securities gains (losses) and $34 million included in interest income.
(d) Included in mortgage banking revenue.
(e) Approximately $344 million included in other noninterest income and $1.7 billion included in mortgage banking revenue.
(f) Included in changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.
(g) Represents MSRs capitalized during the period.
(h) Approximately $6 million included in other noninterest income and $1.4 billion included in mortgage banking revenue.
(i) Approximately $(24) million included in securities gains (losses) and $44 million included in interest income.
(j) Approximately $672 million included in other noninterest income and $580 million included in mortgage banking revenue.
(k) Approximately $303 million included in other noninterest income and $(395) million included in mortgage banking revenue.

 

U. S. Bancorp    71


The Company is also required periodically to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These measurements of fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table summarizes the adjusted carrying values and the level of valuation assumptions for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans (a)

   $       $       $ 138       $ 138       $       $       $ 168       $ 168   

Other assets (b)

                     204         204                         310         310   
                                                                         

 

(a) Represents the carrying value of loans for which adjustments were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.
(b) Primarily represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value based on an appraisal or broker price opinion of the collateral subsequent to their initial acquisition.

The following table summarizes losses recognized related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of individual assets or portfolios:

 

     Three Months
Ended September 30,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)    2012      2011      2012      2011  

Loans (a)

   $ 12       $ 32       $ 51       $ 153   

Other assets (b)

     42         81         129         230   
                                     

 

(a) Represents write-downs of loans which were based on the fair value of the collateral, excluding loans fully charged-off.
(b) Primarily represents related losses of foreclosed properties that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial acquisition.

Fair Value Option

The following table summarizes the differences between the aggregate fair value carrying amount of MLHFS for which the fair value option has been elected and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Company is contractually obligated to receive at maturity:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in Millions)    Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
     Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
     Carrying
Amount Over
(Under) Unpaid
Principal
     Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
     Aggregate
Unpaid
Principal
     Carrying
Amount Over
(Under) Unpaid
Principal
 

Total loans

   $ 9,815       $ 9,215       $ 600       $ 6,925       $ 6,635       $ 290   

Nonaccrual loans

     8         13         (5      10         15         (5

Loans 90 days or more past due

     2         3         (1      3         4         (1
                                                       

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value for financial instruments as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and includes financial instruments that are not accounted for at fair value. In accordance with disclosure guidance related to fair values of financial instruments, the Company did not include assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as the value of goodwill, long-term relationships with deposit, credit card, merchant processing and trust customers, other purchased intangibles, premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities. Additionally, in accordance with the disclosure guidance, insurance contracts and investments accounted for under the equity method are excluded.

 

72    U. S. Bancorp


The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are shown in the table below:

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
    

Carrying

Amount

     Fair Value     

Carrying

Amount

    

Fair

Value

 
(Dollars in Millions)       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total        

Financial Assets

                    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 9,382       $ 9,382       $       $       $ 9,382       $ 13,962       $ 13,962   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

     166                 166                 166         64         64   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     34,509         2,441         32,719         66         35,226         18,877         19,216   

Mortgages held for sale (a)

                                             3         3   

Other loans held for sale

     64                         64         64         228         228   

Loans

     213,669                         216,105         216,105         205,082         206,646   

Other financial instruments

     6,991                 1,246         5,771         7,017         6,095         6,140   

Financial Liabilities

                    

Deposits

     244,232                 244,690                 244,690         230,885         231,184   

Short-term borrowings

     27,853                 27,885                 27,885         30,468         30,448   

Long-term debt

     26,264                 27,264                 27,264         31,953         32,664   
                                                                

 

(a) Balance excludes mortgages held for sale for which the fair value option under applicable accounting guidance was elected.

The fair value of unfunded commitments, standby letters of credit and other guarantees is approximately equal to their carrying value. The carrying value of unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit was $393 million and $381 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The carrying value of other guarantees was $423 million and $359 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

Note 12

  Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities

Visa Restructuring and Card Association Litigation The Company’s payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through the Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (collectively “Visa”). In 2007, Visa completed a restructuring and issued shares of Visa Inc. common stock to its financial institution members in contemplation of its initial public offering (“IPO”) completed in the first quarter of 2008 (the “Visa Reorganization”). As a part of the Visa Reorganization, the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. (“Class B shares”). Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa U.S.A.”) and MasterCard International (collectively, the “Card Associations”), are defendants in antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Visa Litigation”). Visa U.S.A. member banks have a contingent obligation to indemnify Visa Inc. under the Visa U.S.A. bylaws (which were modified at the time of the restructuring in October 2007) for potential losses arising from the Visa Litigation. The indemnification by the Visa U.S.A. member banks has no specific maximum amount.

Using proceeds from its IPO and through reductions to the conversion ratio applicable to the Class B shares held by Visa U.S.A. member banks, Visa Inc. has funded an escrow account for the benefit of member financial institutions to fund their indemnification obligations associated with the Visa Litigation. The receivable related to the escrow account is classified in other liabilities as a direct offset to the related Visa Litigation contingent liability. On July 13, 2012, Visa signed a memorandum of understanding to enter into a settlement agreement to resolve class action claims associated with the multi-district interchange litigation (the “MOU agreement”), the largest of the remaining Visa Litigation matters. The MOU agreement has not yet been approved by the court, is not yet binding, and may be challenged by some class members. At September 30, 2012, the carrying amount of the Company’s liability related to the Visa Litigation matters, net of its share of the escrow fundings, was $65 million and included the Company’s estimate of its share of the temporary reduction in interchange rates specified in the MOU agreement. The remaining Class B shares held by the Company will be eligible for conversion to Class A shares, and thereby become marketable, upon settlement of the Visa Litigation. These shares are excluded from the Company’s financial instruments disclosures included in Note 11.

 

U. S. Bancorp    73


The following table is a summary of other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Company at September 30, 2012:

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Collateral
Held
     Carrying
Amount
     Maximum
Potential
Future
Payments
     

Standby letters of credit

   $       $ 81       $ 18,323     

Third-party borrowing arrangements

                     299     

Securities lending indemnifications

     8,982                 8,737     

Asset sales

             305         2,710      (a)

Merchant processing

     772         80         81,280     

Contingent consideration arrangements

             3         6     

Tender option bond program guarantee

     5,329                 5,047     

Minimum revenue guarantees

             17         31     

Other

             18         3,436     
                              

 

(a) The maximum potential future payments do not include loan sales where the Company provides standard representation and warranties to the buyer against losses related to loan underwriting documentation defects that may have existed at the time of sale that generally are identified after the occurrence of a triggering event such as delinquency. For these types of loan sales, the maximum potential future payments is generally the unpaid principal balance of loans sold measured at the end of the current reporting period. Actual losses will be significantly less than the maximum exposure, as only a fraction of loans sold will have a representation and warranty breach, and any losses on repurchase would generally be mitigated by any collateral held against the loans.

Merchant Processing The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides merchant processing services. Under the rules of credit card associations, a merchant processor retains a contingent liability for credit card transactions processed. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In this situation, the transaction is “charged-back” to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If the Company is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, it bears the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder.

The Company currently processes card transactions in the United States, Canada and Europe for airline companies. In the event of liquidation of these merchants, the Company could become financially liable for refunding tickets purchased through the credit card associations under the charge-back provisions. Charge-back risk related to these merchants is evaluated in a manner similar to credit risk assessments and, as such, merchant processing contracts contain various provisions to protect the Company in the event of default. At September 30, 2012, the value of airline tickets purchased to be delivered at a future date was $5.9 billion. The Company held collateral of $610 million in escrow deposits, letters of credit and indemnities from financial institutions, and liens on various assets.

Asset Sales The Company regularly sells loans to GSEs as part of its mortgage banking activities. The Company provides customary representation and warranties to the GSEs in conjunction with these sales. These representations and warranties generally require the Company to repurchase assets if it is subsequently determined that a loan did not meet specified criteria, such as a documentation deficiency or rescission of mortgage insurance. If the Company is unable to cure or refute a repurchase request, the Company is generally obligated to repurchase the loan or otherwise reimburse the counterparty for losses. At September 30, 2012, the Company had reserved $220 million for potential losses from representation and warranty obligations, compared with $160 million at December 31, 2011. The $60 million increase was primarily the result of the GSEs increasing the number of loans selected for repurchase review. The Company’s reserve reflects management’s best estimate of losses for representation and warranty obligations. The Company’s reserving methodology uses current information about investor repurchase requests, and assumptions about defect rate, concur rate, repurchase mix, and loss severity, based upon the Company’s most recent loss trends. The Company also considers qualitative factors that may result in anticipated losses differing from historical loss trends, such as loan vintage, underwriting characteristics and macroeconomic trends.

The following table is a rollforward of the Company’s representation and warranty reserve:

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(Dollars in Millions)   2012     2011          2012         2011  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 216      $ 173       $ 160      $ 180   

Net realized losses

    (32     (31      (88     (106

Additions to reserve

    36        20         148        88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $ 220      $ 162       $ 220      $ 162   
                                  

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $118 million and $105 million, respectively, of unresolved representation and warranty claims from the GSEs. The Company does not have a significant amount of unresolved claims from investors other than the GSEs.

 

74    U. S. Bancorp


Checking Account Overdraft Fee Litigation The Company is a defendant in three separate cases primarily challenging the Company’s daily ordering of debit transactions posted to customer checking accounts for the period from 2003 to 2010. On July 2, 2012, the Company reached a settlement in principle with the lead plaintiffs for these cases, subject to final documentation and court approvals. The settlement will provide for a payment by the Company of $55 million, which was previously accrued, in exchange for a release of claims asserted against the Company in these matters.

Mortgage-Related Actions and Investigations During the second quarter of 2011, the Company and its two primary banking subsidiaries entered into Consent Orders with U.S. federal banking regulators regarding the Company’s residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure processes. The banking regulators have notified the Company of civil money penalties related to the Consent Orders; however, these penalties are not significant.

Other federal and state governmental authorities have reached a settlement agreement with five major financial institutions regarding their mortgage origination, servicing, and foreclosure activities. Those governmental authorities contacted other financial institutions, including the Company, to discuss their potential participation in a settlement. The Company has not agreed to any settlement at this point; however, if a settlement were reached it would likely include an agreement to comply with specified servicing standards, and settlement payments to governmental authorities as well as a monetary commitment that could be satisfied under various loan modification programs (in addition to the programs the Company already has in place). The Company has accrued $130 million with respect to these and related matters.

The Company is currently subject to other investigations and examinations by government agencies concerning mortgage-related practices, including those related to Federal Housing Administration insured residential home loans.

Other The Company is subject to various other litigation, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its businesses. Due to their complex nature, it may be years before some matters are resolved. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, the Company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

For additional information on the nature of the Company’s guarantees and contingent liabilities, refer to Note 22 in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

Note 13

  Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the impact of events that have occurred subsequent to September 30, 2012 through the date the consolidated financial statements were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company has determined none of these events were required to be recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

U. S. Bancorp    75


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (a)

 

    For the Three Months Ended September 30,             
      2012      2011                 

(Dollars in Millions)

(Unaudited)

  Average
Balances
          Interest            Yields
and
Rates
     Average
Balances
          Interest            Yields
and
Rates
           % Change
Average
Balances
 

Assets

                                 

Investment securities

  $ 72,454        $ 475           2.62    $ 66,252        $ 511           3.08        9.4

Loans held for sale

    8,432          76           3.59         3,946          42           4.17           *   

Loans (b)

                                 

Commercial

    62,192          546           3.50         52,344          521           3.96           18.8   

Commercial real estate

    36,630          413           4.49         35,569          414           4.62           3.0   

Residential mortgages

    40,969          464           4.52         34,026          408           4.79           20.4   

Credit card

    16,551          425           10.22         16,057          389           9.60           3.1   

Other retail

    47,991          621           5.15         48,380          671           5.51           (.8
                                                             

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    204,333          2,469           4.81         186,376          2,403           5.12           9.6   

Covered loans

    12,595          201           6.36         15,793          235           5.91           (20.2
                                                             

Total loans

    216,928          2,670           4.90         202,169          2,638           5.19           7.3   

Other earning assets

    11,145          63           2.24         13,902          67           1.92           (19.8
                                                             

Total earning assets

    308,959          3,284           4.24         286,269          3,258           4.53           7.9   

Allowance for loan losses

    (4,584                 (5,079                   9.7   

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities

    1,184                    470                      *   

Other assets

    40,094                    39,921                      .4   
                                             

Total assets

  $ 345,653                $ 321,581                      7.5   
                                             

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                                 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $ 68,127                  $ 58,606                      16.2

Interest-bearing deposits

                                 

Interest checking

    43,207          8           .07         41,042          14           .14           5.3   

Money market savings

    47,530          18           .15         44,623          16           .14           6.5   

Savings accounts

    29,743          17           .22         27,042          26           .38           10.0   

Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000

    14,362          60           1.67         15,251          74           1.92           (5.8

Time deposits greater than $100,000

    36,312          69           .76         28,805          72           .99           26.1   
                                                             

Total interest-bearing deposits

    171,154          172           .40         156,763          202           .51           9.2   

Short-term borrowings

    27,843          103           1.49         30,597          143           1.86           (9.0

Long-term debt

    27,112          226           3.33         31,609          289           3.64           (14.2
                                                             

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    226,109          501           .88         218,969          634           1.15           3.3   

Other liabilities

    11,624                    9,961                      16.7   

Shareholders’ equity

                                 

Preferred equity

    4,769                    2,606                      83.0   

Common equity

    33,850                    30,481                      11.1   
                                             

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

    38,619                    33,087                      16.7   

Noncontrolling interests

    1,174                    958                      22.5   
                                             

Total equity

    39,793                    34,045                      16.9   
                                             

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 345,653                  $ 321,581                      7.5   
                                                 

Net interest income

      $ 2,783                  $ 2,624               
                                           

Gross interest margin

             3.36               3.38     
                                       

Gross interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments

             3.29               3.30     
                                       
     

Percent of Earning Assets

                               

Interest income

             4.24               4.53     

Interest expense

             .65                  .88        
                                       

Net interest margin

             3.59               3.65     
                                       

Net interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments

                             3.52                               3.57     

 

* Not meaningful
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

 

76    U. S. Bancorp


U.S. Bancorp

Consolidated Daily Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates (a)

 

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,            
      2012      2011                

(Dollars in Millions)

(Unaudited)

  Average
Balances
          Interest            Yields
and
Rates
     Average
Balances
          Interest            Yields
and
Rates
          % Change
Average
Balances
 

Assets

                                

Investment securities

  $ 72,371        $ 1,487           2.74    $ 61,907        $ 1,479           3.19       16.9

Loans held for sale

    7,557          208           3.67         4,382          139           4.22          72.5   

Loans (b)

                                

Commercial

    59,790          1,620           3.62         50,383          1,539           4.08          18.7   

Commercial real estate

    36,389          1,228           4.51         35,417          1,210           4.57          2.7   

Residential mortgages

    39,328          1,357           4.60         32,854          1,201           4.88          19.7   

Credit card

    16,675          1,267           10.15         16,022          1,141           9.52          4.1   

Other retail

    47,940          1,873           5.22         48,154          1,992           5.53          (.4
                                                            

Total loans, excluding covered loans

    200,122          7,345           4.90         182,830          7,083           5.18          9.5   

Covered loans

    13,609          633           6.21         16,703          704           5.63          (18.5
                                                            

Total loans

    213,731          7,978           4.98         199,533          7,787           5.22          7.1   

Other earning assets

    10,610          185           2.32         13,483          187           1.85          (21.3
                                                            

Total earning assets

    304,269          9,858           4.33         279,305          9,592           4.59          8.9   

Allowance for loan losses

    (4,677                 (5,275                  11.3   

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities

    1,000                    137                     *   

Other assets

    40,215                    39,912                     .8   
                                            

Total assets

  $ 340,807                $ 314,079                     8.5   
                                            

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                                

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $ 65,423                  $ 50,558                     29.4

Interest-bearing deposits

                                

Interest checking

    45,522          37           .11         42,335          50           .16          7.5   

Money market savings

    45,977          44           .13         45,091          62           .18          2.0   

Savings accounts

    29,383          53           .24         26,304          89           .45          11.7   

Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000

    14,695          191           1.73         15,294          219           1.92          (3.9

Time deposits greater than $100,000

    31,978          205           .86         30,153          226           1.00          6.1   
                                                            

Total interest-bearing deposits

    167,555          530           .42         159,177          646           .54          5.3   

Short-term borrowings

    28,942          356           1.65         30,597          411           1.80          (5.4

Long-term debt

    29,388          786           3.57         31,786          860           3.62          (7.5
                                                            

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    225,885          1,672           .99         221,560          1,917           1.16          2.0   

Other liabilities

    11,305                    9,377                     20.6   

Shareholders’ equity

                                

Preferred equity

    4,250                    2,349                     80.9   

Common equity

    32,855                    29,350                     11.9   
                                            

Total U.S. Bancorp shareholders’ equity

    37,105                    31,699                     17.1   

Noncontrolling interests

    1,089                    885                     23.1   
                                            

Total equity

    38,194                    32,584                     17.2   
                                            

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 340,807                  $ 314,079                     8.5   
                                                

Net interest income

      $ 8,186                  $ 7,675              
                                          

Gross interest margin

             3.34               3.43    
                                      

Gross interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments

             3.27               3.35    
                                      
     

Percent of Earning Assets

                              

Interest income

             4.33               4.59    

Interest expense

             .74                  .92       
                                      

Net interest margin

             3.59               3.67    
                                      

Net interest margin without taxable-equivalent increments

                             3.52                               3.59    

 

* Not meaningful
(a) Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent.
(b) Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

 

U. S. Bancorp    77


Part II — Other Information

Item 1A. Risk Factors  — There are a number of factors that may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial results or stock price. Refer to “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, for discussion of these risks.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds  — Refer to the “Capital Management” section within Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Part I for information regarding shares repurchased by the Company during the third quarter of 2012.

Item 6. Exhibits

 

10.1    Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Award Agreement under U.S Bancorp Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
12    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101    Financial statements from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

78    U. S. Bancorp


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    U.S. BANCORP
    By:   / S /    C RAIG E. G IFFORD
      Craig E. Gifford
      Controller
DATE: November 5, 2012       (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

 

U. S. Bancorp    79


Exhibit 12

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Three Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 

Earnings

  

  1. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

   $ 1,474       $ 4,227   

  2. Applicable income taxes, including expense related to unrecognized tax positions

     593         1,684   
                 

  3. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp before income taxes (1 + 2)

   $ 2,067       $ 5,911   
                 

  4. Fixed charges:

     

 a. Interest expense excluding interest on deposits*

   $ 329       $ 1,139   

 b. Portion of rents representative of interest and amortization of debt expense

     25         77   
                 

 c. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4a + 4b)

     354         1,216   

 d. Interest on deposits

     172         530   
                 

 e. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4c + 4d)

   $ 526       $ 1,746   
                 

  5. Amortization of interest capitalized

   $       $   

  6. Earnings excluding interest on deposits (3 + 4c + 5)

     2,421         7,127   

  7. Earnings including interest on deposits (3 + 4e + 5)

     2,593         7,657   

  8. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4c)

     354         1,216   

  9. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4e)

     526         1,746   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     

10. Excluding interest on deposits (line 6/line 8)

     6.84         5.86   

11. Including interest on deposits (line 7/line 9)

     4.93         4.39   
                   

 

* Excludes interest expense related to unrecognized tax positions

 

80    U. S. Bancorp


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Richard K. Davis, certify that:

 

(1) I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of U.S. Bancorp;

 

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  / S /    R ICHARD K. D AVIS
  Richard K. Davis
  Chief Executive Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

U. S. Bancorp    81


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Andrew Cecere, certify that:

 

(1) I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of U.S. Bancorp;

 

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  / S /    A NDREW C ECERE
  Andrew Cecere
  Chief Financial Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

82    U. S. Bancorp


EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify that:

 

(1) The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (the “Form 10-Q”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/ S /    R ICHARD K. D AVIS

       

/ S /    A NDREW C ECERE

Richard K. Davis       Andrew Cecere
Chief Executive Officer       Chief Financial Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

U. S. Bancorp    83


 

First Class

U.S. Postage

PAID

Permit No. 2440

Minneapolis, MN    

 

Corporate Information

Executive Offices

U.S. Bancorp

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Common Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare Investor Services acts as our transfer agent and registrar, dividend paying agent and dividend reinvestment plan administrator, and maintains all shareholder records for the corporation. Inquiries related to shareholder records, stock transfers, changes of ownership, lost stock certificates, changes of address and dividend payment should be directed to the transfer agent at:

Computershare Investor Services

P.O. Box 358015

Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8015

Phone: 888-778-1311 or 201-680-6578 (international calls)

Internet: bnymellon.com/shareowner

For Registered or Certified Mail:

Computershare Investor Services

500 Ross St., 6th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15219

Telephone representatives are available weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Central Time, and automated support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Specific information about your account is available on Computershare’s internet site by clicking on the Investor ServiceDirect ® link.

Independent Auditor

Ernst & Young LLP serves as the independent auditor for

U.S. Bancorp’s financial statements.

Common Stock Listing and Trading

U.S. Bancorp common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol USB.

Dividends and Reinvestment Plan

U.S. Bancorp currently pays quarterly dividends on our common stock on or about the 15th day of January, April, July and October, subject to approval by our Board of Directors. U.S. Bancorp shareholders can choose to participate in a plan that provides automatic reinvestment of dividends and/or optional cash purchase of additional shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock. For more information, please contact our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services.

Investor Relations Contacts

Judith T. Murphy

Executive Vice President, Corporate Investor and Public Relations

judith.murphy@usbank.com

Phone: 612-303-0783 or 866-775-9668

Financial Information

U.S. Bancorp news and financial results are available through our website and by mail.

Website  For information about U.S. Bancorp, including news, financial results, annual reports and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, access our home page on the internet at usbank.com, click on About U.S. Bank .

Mail At your request, we will mail to you our quarterly earnings, news releases, quarterly financial data reported on Form 10-Q and additional copies of our annual reports. Please contact:

U.S. Bancorp Investor Relations

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, MN 55402

investorrelations@usbank.com

Phone: 866-775-9668

Media Requests

Thomas J. Joyce

Senior Vice President, Corporate Public Relations

thomas.joyce@usbank.com

Phone: 612-303-3167

Privacy

U.S. Bancorp is committed to respecting the privacy of our customers and safeguarding the financial and personal information provided to us. To learn more about the U.S. Bancorp commitment to protecting privacy, visit usbank.com and click on Privacy Pledge.

Code of Ethics

U.S. Bancorp places the highest importance on honesty and integrity. Each year, every U.S. Bancorp employee certifies compliance with the letter and spirit of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, the guiding ethical standards of our organization. For details about our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, visit usbank.com and click on About U.S. Bank .

Diversity

U.S. Bancorp and our subsidiaries are committed to developing and maintaining a workplace that reflects the diversity of the communities we serve. We support a work environment where individual differences are valued and respected and where each individual who shares the fundamental values of the Company has an opportunity to contribute and grow based on individual merit.

Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action

U.S. Bancorp and our subsidiaries are committed to providing Equal Employment Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment. In keeping with this commitment, employment decisions are made based upon performance, skill and abilities, not race, color, religion, national origin or ancestry, gender, age, disability, veteran status, sexual orientation or any other factors protected by law. The corporation complies with municipal, state and federal fair employment laws, including regulations applying to federal contractors.

U.S. Bancorp, including each of our subsidiaries, is an Equal Opportunity Employer committed to creating a diverse workforce.

 

LOGO   

U.S. Bancorp

Member FDIC

 

 

LOGO    This report has been produced on recycled paper. LOGO

EXHIBIT 10.1

NOTE: Restricted stock awards made to employees (“Participants”) of U.S. Bancorp (the “Company”) on and after January 1, 2012 will have the terms and conditions set forth in each Participant’s award summary (the “Award Summary”), which can be accessed on the Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Benefit Access Website at www.benefitaccess.com (or the website of any other stock plan administrator selected by the Company in the future). The Award Summary may be viewed at any time on this Website, and the Award Summary may also be printed out. In addition to the individual terms and conditions set forth in the Award Summary, each restricted stock award will have the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement below. As a condition of each restricted stock award, Participant accepts the terms and conditions of the Award Summary and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

U.S. BANCORP

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT sets forth the terms and conditions of a restricted stock award of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”), par value $0.01 per share, of the Company granted to each Participant by the Company pursuant to its Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which was approved by shareholders on April 20, 2010 (the “Plan”).

The Company and Participant agree as follows:

 

1. Award

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company grants to Participant a restricted stock award of the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth in Participant’s Award Summary. The date of grant of such award (the “Grant Date”) is also set forth in Participant’s Award Summary.

 

2. Vesting

 

  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Shares shall vest as set forth in Participant’s Award Summary.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the vesting provision contained in Section 2(a) above, but subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, if Participant has been continuously employed by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company until the date of a Qualifying Termination (as defined below), immediately upon such Qualifying Termination, Participant shall be vested in all of the Shares granted in this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

 

  (i) “Affiliate” shall be defined as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

 

  (ii) “Announcement Date” shall mean the date of the public announcement of the transaction, event or course of action that results in a Change in Control.

 

  (iii) “Cause” shall mean (A) the continued failure by Participant to substantially perform Participant’s duties with the Company or any Affiliate (other than any such failure resulting from Participant’s Disability (as defined in Section 5(b)), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that Participant has not substantially performed Participant’s duties, and Participant has failed to resume substantial performance of Participant’s duties on a continuous basis, (B) gross and willful misconduct during the course of employment (regardless of whether the misconduct occurs on the Company’s premises), including, without limitation, theft, assault, battery, malicious destruction of property, arson, sabotage, embezzlement, harassment, acts or omissions which violate the Company’s rules or policies (such as breaches of confidentiality), or other conduct which demonstrates a willful or reckless disregard of the interests of the Company or its Affiliates or (C) Participant’s conviction of a crime (including, without limitation, a misdemeanor offense) which impairs Participant’s ability substantially to perform Participant’s duties with the Company.

 

  (iv) “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following occurring after the date of this Agreement:

 

  (A) The acquisition by any Person (as defined in Section 2(b)(vi)) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (1) the then


  outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that, for purposes of this clause (A), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (a “Company Entity”) or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this clause (A); or

 

  (B) Individuals who, as of the Grant Date, constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors (except as a result of the death, retirement or disability of one or more members of the Incumbent Board); provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, (1) any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board, (2) any director designated by or on behalf of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company (or which is contemplating entering into an agreement) to effect a Business Combination (as defined in Section 2(b)(iv)(C)) with one or more entities that are not Company Entities or (3) any director who serves in connection with the act of the Board of Directors of increasing the number of directors and filling vacancies in connection with, or in contemplation of, any such Business Combination; or

 

  (C) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (excluding any Company Entity or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or

 

  (D) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

  (v) “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which sets forth the date of termination of Participant’s employment.

 

  (vi) “Person” shall be defined as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

 

  (vii) “Qualifying Termination” shall mean a termination of Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates by the Company for any reason other than Cause within 12 months following a Change in Control;


  provided , however , that any such termination shall not be a Qualifying Termination if Participant has been notified in writing more than 30 days prior to the Announcement Date that Participant’s employment with the Company is not expected to continue for more than 12 months following the date of such notification; provided that such exclusion from Qualifying Termination shall only apply if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated within such 12 month period; and provided , further , that any such termination shall not be a Qualifying Termination if Participant has announced in writing, prior to the date the Company provides Notice of Termination to Participant, the intention to terminate employment, subject to the condition that any such termination by the Company prior to Participant’s stated termination date shall be deemed to be termination by Participant on such stated date unless termination by the Company is for Participant’s gross and willful misconduct.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) of this Agreement, if an accounting firm selected by the Company determines that the vesting of all or any of the Shares, when added to any other payment or benefit received or to be received by Participant in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, as determined pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (collectively, the “Total Payments”), would not be deductible (in whole or in part) solely as a result of Section 280G of the Code or would be subject to the excise tax provided for in Section 4999 of the Code (the imposition of Section 280G or 4999 of the Code, collectively, the “Tax Penalty”), then the vesting of all or any of the Shares shall not be accelerated, and no such vesting shall take place, until all of the Total Payments are deductible and not subject to the excise tax provided for in Section 4999 of the Code or until the vesting of none of the Shares is accelerated; provided, however, that Participant may, at Participant’s election and subject to such terms and conditions as the Company may establish, choose to have the Shares vest and instead have the Company reduce other payments or benefits otherwise to be received by Participant in connection with the change in control or other transaction giving rise to the acceleration of the vesting of the Shares until none of the Total Payments are subject to the Tax Penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant shall not be permitted to elect to reduce other payments in order to permit accelerated vesting of the these Shares if: (i) such other payments are subject to Code Section 409A; and (ii) such reduction would result in an impermissible deferral or a substitution pursuant to Treasury Regulations 1.409A-3(f), or would violate any other provisions under Code Section 409A.

 

  (i) In the event that it is subsequently determined that some or all of Participant’s Total Payments are not deductible solely as a result of Section 280G of the Code or are subject to the excise tax provided for in Section 4999 of the Code, the difference between the Total Payments and three times Participant’s “base amount” (as that term is defined in Section 280G of the Code) shall be treated, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as a loan by the Company, payable on demand by the Company, with interest at a rate equal to 120% of the applicable federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semiannually.

 

  (ii) For purposes of this Section 2(c), all computations and determinations under the Code shall be determined by the Company with the assistance of the accounting firm selected by the Company.

 

3. Special Vesting Condition

 

  (a) Vesting condition. Notwithstanding the provisions of Participant’s Award Summary, if it shall be determined at any time subsequent to the Grant Date that Participant has, during the year in which the Grant Date occurs (the “Grant Year”), (i) failed to comply with Company policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, (ii) violated any law or regulation, (iii) engaged in negligent or willful misconduct, or (iv) engaged in activity resulting in a significant or material Sarbanes-Oxley control deficiency, and such failure, violation, misconduct or activity (A) demonstrates an inadequate sensitivity to the inherent risks of Participant’s business line or functional area, and (B) results in, or is reasonably likely to result in, a material adverse impact (whether financial or reputational) on the Company or Participant’s business line or functional area, all or part of the Shares that have not yet become vested at the time of such determination may be cancelled and thus would not vest on the dates indicated in the Award Summary. “Inadequate sensitivity” to risk is demonstrated by imprudent activities that subject the Company to risk outcomes in future periods, including risks that may


  not be apparent at the time the activities are undertaken. The manner in which such determination is made, and the extent of any such cancellation of the unvested Shares, shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) below.

 

  (b) Procedures. Prior to each anniversary of the Grant Date (until the all of the Shares have become vested, or have otherwise been cancelled or forfeited), Participant’s manager shall take the following steps: (i) the manager will determine whether any of the events described in clauses (i) through (iv) in paragraph (a) above have occurred; (ii) in the event one or more such events have occurred, the manager will determine whether such event has the effect described in subclause (B) in paragraph (a) above; and (iii) if the manager has determined that such event has the effect described in subclause (B) in paragraph (a) above, the manager will further determine whether Participant’s actions were of the nature described in subclause (A) of paragraph (a) above. In making this latter determination, the manager will look to all relevant factors, including Participant’s position and authority, and Participant’s performance against company and business line policies (for example, credit, market and operational risk policies, as applicable) the Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and applicable regulatory, legal and compliance guidelines and audit findings. In making such determination, the manager will use a written risk scorecard, in the form developed for this purpose and as revised from time to time. In the event the manager determines that all of the conditions in clauses (b)(i),(ii) and (iii) of this subsection 3(b) exist, the manager shall then determine the number, if any, of any unvested Shares that is recommended to become ineligible to become vested and to be cancelled. If the manager recommends cancellation of any of the unvested Shares, the recommendation will be reviewed by the Incentive Review Committee. Any determination of the Incentive Review Committee shall be deemed conclusive and final and not subject to review or challenge by Participant. If the Incentive Review Committee determines that any unvested Shares will be ineligible to become vested and that such Shares shall be cancelled, Participant will no longer have any rights relating to the Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and the right to receive cash dividends. The normal vesting date in the year of such determination (as set forth in the Award Summary) shall be suspended until the conclusion of these procedures.

 

4. Restriction on Transfer

Until the Shares vest pursuant to Section 2 or 5 of this Agreement, none of the Shares may be pledged, alienated, attached or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. No attempt to transfer the Shares, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest the purported transferee with any interest or right in or with respect to the Shares.

 

5. Forfeiture; Early Vesting

 

  (a) If Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Affiliate prior to vesting of the Shares pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), all of Participant’s rights to all of the unvested Shares shall be immediately and irrevocably forfeited, except that if Participant ceases to be an employee by reason of death or Disability prior to the vesting of Shares under Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), Participant or his or her estate shall become immediately vested, as of the date of death or the date of termination of employment due to Disability, in all previously unvested Shares; provided however , that in the case of a termination due to Disability, accelerated vesting shall occur only if Participant has at all times following termination of employment, complied with the terms of such Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation Agreement. Upon forfeiture, Participant will no longer have any rights relating to the Shares, including the right to vote the Shares and the right to receive cash dividends.

 

  (b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means leaving active employment and qualifying for and receiving disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability programs as in effect from time to time.

 

6. Issuance and Custody of Shares

 

  (a) The Company shall cause the Shares to be evidenced in book entry form on the books and records of its shareholders maintained by the Company and its stock transfer agent. The Participant shall not have access to any unvested Shares. Such Shares are subject to forfeiture, are not transferable and remain subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions contained in the Plan and this Agreement.


  (b) After any Shares vest pursuant to Section 2 or 5 of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly release the restriction on the Shares and authorize the stock transfer agent to issue them to Participant or Participant’s legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs, as the case may be.

 

7. Securities Law Compliance

The delivery of all or any of the Shares shall only be effective at such time that the issuance of such Shares will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. The Company is under no obligation to effect any registration of the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 or to effect any state registration or qualification of the Shares. The Company may, in its sole discretion, delay the delivery of the Shares or place restrictive legends on such Shares in order to ensure that the issuance of any Shares will be in compliance with federal or state securities laws and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other exchange upon which the Company’s Common Stock is traded.

 

8. Distributions and Adjustments

 

  (a) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, or other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Shares would be reasonably likely to result in the diminution or enlargement of any of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the benefits or potential benefits of provisions relating to the vesting of the Shares and any “change in control” provision), the committee of the Board of Directors administering the Plan (the “Committee”) shall, in order to prevent such diminution or enlargement of any such benefits or potential benefits, make adjustments to the award, including adjustments in the number and type of Shares that Participant would have received; provided , however , that the number of shares covered by the award shall always be a whole number.

 

  (b) Any additional shares of Common Stock, any other securities of the Company and any other property (except for cash dividends) distributed with respect to the Shares prior to the date the Shares vest shall be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as the Shares. Any cash dividends payable with respect to the Shares shall be distributed to Participant at the same time cash dividends are distributed to shareholders of the Company generally.

 

  (c) Any additional shares of Common Stock, any securities and any other property (except for cash dividends) distributed with respect to the Shares prior to the date such Shares vest shall be promptly deposited with the Secretary or a custodian designated by the Secretary to be held in custody in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof.

 

9. Income Tax Withholding

In order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to ensure that all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes, which are the sole and absolute responsibility of Participant, are withheld or collected from Participant. Participant may satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations arising from the receipt of, or lapse of restrictions relating to, the Shares by check payable to the Company. In addition, Participant may, at Participant’s election, satisfy such obligations by electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the Shares otherwise to be delivered with a Fair Market Value (as such term is defined in the Plan) equal to the amount of such taxes. The election must be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

  (a) This Agreement is issued pursuant to the Plan and is subject to its terms. The Plan is available for inspection during business hours at the principal office of the Company. In addition, the Plan may be viewed on the U.S. Bancorp Intranet Website in the Human Resources, Compensation section of such website.

 

  (b) This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment with the Company or any Affiliate, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate such employment at any time.


  (c) Until the Shares shall have been issued to Participant as provided in this Agreement, Participant shall have the rights to receive cash dividends and vote the Shares, but shall have no other rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares. Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares after issuance thereof.

 

11. Venue

Any claim or action brought with respect to this Award shall be brought in a federal or state court located in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

2012 Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for employees who have previously executed a confidentiality and nonsolicitation agreement.

Exhibit 12

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

(Dollars in Millions)    Three Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 

Earnings

  

  1. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp

   $ 1,474       $ 4,227   

  2. Applicable income taxes, including expense related to unrecognized tax positions

     593         1,684   
                 

  3. Net income attributable to U.S. Bancorp before income taxes (1 + 2)

   $ 2,067       $ 5,911   
                 

  4. Fixed charges:

     

 a. Interest expense excluding interest on deposits*

   $ 329       $ 1,139   

 b. Portion of rents representative of interest and amortization of debt expense

     25         77   
                 

 c. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4a + 4b)

     354         1,216   

 d. Interest on deposits

     172         530   
                 

 e. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4c + 4d)

   $ 526       $ 1,746   
                 

  5. Amortization of interest capitalized

   $       $   

  6. Earnings excluding interest on deposits (3 + 4c + 5)

     2,421         7,127   

  7. Earnings including interest on deposits (3 + 4e + 5)

     2,593         7,657   

  8. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits (4c)

     354         1,216   

  9. Fixed charges including interest on deposits (4e)

     526         1,746   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     

10. Excluding interest on deposits (line 6/line 8)

     6.84         5.86   

11. Including interest on deposits (line 7/line 9)

     4.93         4.39   
                   

 

* Excludes interest expense related to unrecognized tax positions

 

80    U. S. Bancorp

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Richard K. Davis, certify that:

 

(1) I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of U.S. Bancorp;

 

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  / S /    R ICHARD K. D AVIS
  Richard K. Davis
  Chief Executive Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

U. S. Bancorp    81

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Andrew Cecere, certify that:

 

(1) I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of U.S. Bancorp;

 

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  / S /    A NDREW C ECERE
  Andrew Cecere
  Chief Financial Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

82    U. S. Bancorp

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify that:

 

(1) The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (the “Form 10-Q”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/ S /    R ICHARD K. D AVIS

       

/ S /    A NDREW C ECERE

Richard K. Davis       Andrew Cecere
Chief Executive Officer       Chief Financial Officer

Dated: November 5, 2012

 

U. S. Bancorp    83